1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
95 #include "cfglayout.h"
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
100 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
101 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
103 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
104 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
105 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
106 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
107 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
108 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
109 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
110 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
112 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
113 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
116 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
117 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
118 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
119 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
120 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
121 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
124 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
125 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
128 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
129 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
130 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
131 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
132 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
135 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
136 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
138 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
142 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
144 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
145 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
146 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
147 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
150 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
153 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
156 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
157 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
163 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
166 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
170 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
173 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
175 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
177 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
180 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
181 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
182 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
183 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
185 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
186 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
189 /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
190 dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
191 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
192 && !flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
193 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
196 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
200 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
202 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
205 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
206 must be kept around forever. */
207 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
209 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
210 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
211 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
213 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
215 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
216 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
217 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
218 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
219 define type declaration DIE's. */
220 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
222 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
233 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
235 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
237 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
239 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
240 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
241 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
244 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
245 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
246 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
248 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
249 Information instructions. The register number, offset
250 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
251 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
253 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
255 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
261 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
262 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
263 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
264 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
265 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
269 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
280 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, gc
);
282 typedef VEC(dw_cfi_ref
, gc
) *cfi_vec
;
284 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
285 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
286 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
287 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
288 of this structure. */
289 typedef struct cfa_loc
{
290 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
291 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
293 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
294 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
297 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
298 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
299 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
300 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
301 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
303 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
305 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
306 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
307 const char *dw_fde_end
;
308 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
;
309 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
;
310 const char *dw_fde_second_begin
;
311 const char *dw_fde_second_end
;
313 int dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
314 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
315 unsigned funcdef_number
;
316 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
317 unsigned int drap_reg
;
318 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
319 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
320 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
321 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
322 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
323 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
324 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
325 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
326 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
327 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
328 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
329 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
330 /* True iff dw_fde_second_begin label is in text_section or
331 cold_text_section. */
332 unsigned second_in_std_section
: 1;
336 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
337 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
339 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
340 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
341 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
342 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
344 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
345 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
348 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
349 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
350 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
353 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
354 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
357 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
359 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
360 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
363 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
364 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
365 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
368 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
369 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
371 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
372 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
375 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
376 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
377 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
379 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
380 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
381 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
382 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
384 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
388 /* CIE identifier. */
389 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
391 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
393 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
396 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
397 information for each routine. */
398 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
400 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
403 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
404 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
406 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
408 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
410 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
412 static inline dw_fde_ref
415 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
418 /* A vector of call frame insns for the CIE. */
419 static GTY(()) cfi_vec cie_cfi_vec
;
421 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
422 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
423 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
424 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
425 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
427 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
429 unsigned int refcount
;
430 enum dwarf_form form
;
434 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
436 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
437 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
439 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
440 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
442 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
444 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
445 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
447 /* The default cold text section. */
448 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
450 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
452 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
453 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
454 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
455 static void add_cfi (cfi_vec
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
456 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
457 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
458 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
459 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
460 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
461 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
463 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
464 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
465 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
466 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
467 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
468 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
470 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
471 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
, int);
472 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
473 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
474 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
475 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
476 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
477 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
478 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
479 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
480 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*mem_loc_descriptor
481 (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, enum machine_mode mem_mode
,
482 enum var_init_status
);
484 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
485 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
486 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
489 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
490 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
491 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
493 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
494 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
497 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
498 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
501 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
505 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
506 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
509 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
510 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
513 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
514 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
516 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
517 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
518 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
519 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
520 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
521 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
522 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
523 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
524 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
525 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
527 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
528 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
530 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
532 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
534 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
538 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
539 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
540 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
541 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
544 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
547 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
549 /* Cache the last query. */
550 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
551 static int last_match
= 0;
552 if (path
!= last_path
)
555 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
557 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
558 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
563 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
566 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
567 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
568 int matches
, int result
)
570 /* Find the type name. */
571 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
573 const char *name
= 0;
574 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
577 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
579 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
581 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
582 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
583 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
584 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
585 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
587 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
590 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
591 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
595 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
601 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
603 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
605 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
608 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
610 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
612 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
613 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
614 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
615 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
617 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
619 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
620 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
622 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
623 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
624 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
627 /* Hook used by __throw. */
630 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
632 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
633 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
636 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
637 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
640 stripattributes (const char *s
)
642 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
647 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
654 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
655 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
658 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
660 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
661 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
662 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
665 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
667 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
668 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
670 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
671 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
675 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
676 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
679 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
681 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
684 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
687 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
690 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
691 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
692 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
693 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
695 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
697 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
699 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
701 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
702 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
705 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
706 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
707 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
709 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
711 wrote_return_column
= true;
713 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
717 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
718 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
722 if (!wrote_return_column
)
723 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
725 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
726 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
729 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
732 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
735 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
739 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
740 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
742 return "DW_CFA_offset";
744 return "DW_CFA_restore";
748 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
749 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
750 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
751 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
752 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
753 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
754 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
755 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
756 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
757 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
758 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
759 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
760 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
761 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
762 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
763 case DW_CFA_register
:
764 return "DW_CFA_register";
765 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
766 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
767 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
768 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
770 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
771 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
772 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
773 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
774 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
778 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
779 case DW_CFA_expression
:
780 return "DW_CFA_expression";
781 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
782 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
783 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
784 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
785 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
786 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
788 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
789 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
790 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
793 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
794 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
795 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
796 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
797 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
798 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
801 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
805 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
807 static inline dw_cfi_ref
810 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
818 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
821 add_cfi (cfi_vec
*vec
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
823 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
825 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
826 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
827 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
828 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
829 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
830 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
831 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
833 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
834 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
844 VEC_safe_push (dw_cfi_ref
, gc
, *vec
, cfi
);
847 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
848 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
851 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
853 static char label
[20];
855 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
857 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
858 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
860 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
864 int num
= dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++;
865 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", num
);
866 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LCFI", num
);
872 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
873 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
875 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
876 static bool any_cfis_emitted
;
878 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
879 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
882 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
886 if (cie_cfi_vec
== NULL
)
887 cie_cfi_vec
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, gc
, 20);
891 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
893 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
895 /* Emit the state save. */
896 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
897 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
898 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
899 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
902 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
906 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
908 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
910 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
911 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
912 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
913 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
914 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
915 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
916 if (dwarf_version
== 2
917 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
918 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
919 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
921 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
929 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
930 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
931 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
933 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
934 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
938 label
= xstrdup (label
);
940 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
942 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
943 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
944 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
945 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
946 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
947 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
948 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
949 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
957 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
959 vec
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
960 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
962 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
963 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
964 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
965 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
966 sure how to address this for now. */
970 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
972 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
975 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
977 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
978 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
982 label
= xstrdup (label
);
984 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
986 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
987 set the location directly using set_loc. */
988 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
989 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
991 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
992 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
994 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
997 vec
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
998 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
1004 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
1007 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
1009 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1011 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1012 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1013 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1015 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1016 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1018 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1020 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1021 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1023 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1024 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
1027 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
1028 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
1030 remember
->in_use
= 1;
1032 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
1033 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
1035 remember
->in_use
= 0;
1043 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
1046 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
1051 dw_cfa_location remember
;
1053 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
1054 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1057 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, cie_cfi_vec
, ix
, cfi
)
1058 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1060 fde
= current_fde ();
1062 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
1063 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1066 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
1067 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
1069 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
1071 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
1073 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
1074 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
1076 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1077 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
1079 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1080 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
1082 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1083 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1084 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1087 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1089 dw_cfa_location loc
;
1091 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1093 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1094 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1097 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1100 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1102 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1103 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1104 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1105 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1106 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1109 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1110 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1113 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1116 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1121 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1122 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1124 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1125 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1127 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1128 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1133 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1135 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1136 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1137 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1138 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1140 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1142 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1143 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1146 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1147 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1148 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1150 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1152 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1153 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1154 offset has not changed. */
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1156 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1160 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1162 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1163 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1164 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1165 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1168 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1170 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1171 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1172 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1176 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1177 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1178 register-offset pair is available. */
1179 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1181 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1182 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1183 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1186 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1189 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1190 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1191 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1192 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1195 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1197 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1198 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1200 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1202 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1205 && fde
->stack_realign
1206 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1208 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1209 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1210 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1211 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1213 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1215 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1216 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1217 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1218 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1220 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1221 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1223 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1224 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1227 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1228 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1231 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1234 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1235 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1236 from the previous frame's window save area.
1238 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1239 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1242 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1244 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1246 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1247 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1250 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1251 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1254 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1256 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1259 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1260 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1263 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1265 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1268 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1269 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1272 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1274 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1277 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1278 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1281 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1283 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1286 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1289 /* RA is in a register. */
1290 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1294 /* RA is on the stack. */
1295 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1296 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1299 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1304 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1305 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1309 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1310 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1320 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1321 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1322 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1323 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1324 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1331 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1332 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1335 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1338 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1339 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1342 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1343 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1347 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1349 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1351 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1353 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1355 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1356 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1359 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1362 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1363 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1364 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1367 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1368 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1374 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1378 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1379 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1380 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1386 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1388 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1389 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1390 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1391 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1392 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1399 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1401 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1408 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1410 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1425 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1426 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1428 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1430 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1432 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1433 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1434 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1436 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1439 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1441 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1443 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1444 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1445 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1446 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1448 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1450 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1451 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1452 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1453 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1458 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1462 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1463 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1464 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1465 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1467 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1469 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1470 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1475 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1479 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1480 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1485 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1489 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1491 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1492 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1497 return cur_args_size
;
1500 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1503 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1505 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1507 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1509 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1510 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1511 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1513 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1514 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1515 insn
= get_insns ();
1516 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1517 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1520 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1522 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1523 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1525 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1526 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1527 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1528 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1529 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1531 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1533 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1535 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1540 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1542 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1544 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1549 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1550 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1555 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1556 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1558 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1559 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1560 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1561 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1563 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1564 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1567 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1568 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1570 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1571 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1572 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1575 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1576 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1580 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1584 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1587 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1591 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1594 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1595 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1598 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1599 pushed onto the stack. */
1602 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1606 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1609 old_args_size
= size
;
1612 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1613 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1614 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1617 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1620 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1622 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1623 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1625 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1626 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1628 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1631 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1635 args_size
+= offset
;
1639 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1640 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1641 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1644 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1645 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1646 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1649 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1651 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1655 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1656 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1657 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1658 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1659 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1662 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1663 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1664 shouldn't change at all. */
1666 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1667 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1670 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1671 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1672 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1674 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1676 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1677 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1678 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1679 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1680 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1681 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1682 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1683 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1688 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1690 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1691 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1694 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1696 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1697 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1698 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1699 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1700 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1704 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1709 offset
-= args_size
;
1710 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1714 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1715 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1716 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1717 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1719 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1721 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1722 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1723 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1732 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1733 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1736 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1737 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1738 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1740 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1741 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1743 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1747 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1749 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1750 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1755 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1756 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1757 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1758 more efficient data structure. */
1759 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1760 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1762 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1764 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1765 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1768 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1770 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1772 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1773 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1775 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1776 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1781 q
= ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1782 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1783 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1787 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1788 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1790 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1793 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1796 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1798 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1800 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1805 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1806 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1808 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1810 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1811 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1813 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1815 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1816 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1819 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1821 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1823 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1824 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1827 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1828 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1831 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1832 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1833 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1834 have a new location for? */
1837 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1839 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1841 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1844 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1846 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1847 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1848 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1855 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1858 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1861 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1863 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1864 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1866 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1868 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1869 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1871 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1872 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1874 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1875 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1876 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1879 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1882 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1884 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1886 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1888 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1889 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1892 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1893 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1894 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1895 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1901 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1902 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1903 value, not an offset. */
1904 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1906 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1909 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1911 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1913 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1916 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1917 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1921 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1926 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1927 if (GET_CODE (pat
) == PLUS
)
1929 cfa
.base_offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1930 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1932 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1936 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1940 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1943 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1946 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1950 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1951 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1952 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1954 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1957 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1958 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1968 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1969 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1971 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1974 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1977 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1979 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1980 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1982 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1983 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1984 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1985 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1987 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1988 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1991 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1992 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1995 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1996 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
2002 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2004 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2005 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2007 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
2010 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
2011 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
2014 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2016 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2018 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2019 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2021 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2023 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
2024 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
2025 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2030 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
2033 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2036 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
2038 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
2039 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
2042 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
2044 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2046 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
2048 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2049 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2050 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
2053 /* Helper function to get mode of MEM's address. */
2055 static inline enum machine_mode
2056 get_address_mode (rtx mem
)
2058 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (mem
, 0));
2059 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
)
2061 return targetm
.addr_space
.address_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (mem
));
2064 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
2067 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2069 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2070 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2072 dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
2073 src
= SET_SRC (set
);
2075 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
2076 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest
));
2078 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2081 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
2082 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2083 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
2084 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest
, 0), get_address_mode (dest
),
2085 GET_MODE (dest
), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2087 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2088 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2089 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2092 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2095 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
2097 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2098 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
2100 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
2101 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
2103 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2106 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2107 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2108 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2109 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2111 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2112 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2113 users need not read the source code.
2115 The High-Level Picture
2117 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2118 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2119 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2120 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2121 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2123 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2124 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2125 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2126 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2127 saves. This also seems to work.
2129 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2130 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2131 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2132 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2133 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2134 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2135 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2136 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2137 value as in the caller.
2139 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2140 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2141 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2142 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2144 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2147 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2149 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2150 consists of a register and an offset.
2151 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2152 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2153 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2154 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2155 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2156 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2157 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2159 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2160 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2161 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2164 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2165 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2166 and cfa_temp.offset.
2168 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2171 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2172 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2173 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2175 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2176 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2177 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2178 register instead of CFA+offset.
2182 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2183 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2186 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2187 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2188 cfa.offset unchanged
2189 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2190 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2193 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2194 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2195 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2196 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2197 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2198 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2201 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2202 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2203 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2206 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2207 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2209 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2210 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2211 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2214 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2215 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2217 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2218 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2221 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2222 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2223 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2226 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2227 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2228 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2231 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2235 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2236 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2237 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2240 (set (mem ({pre,post}_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2241 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2242 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2244 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2247 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec,post_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2248 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2249 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2251 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2254 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2257 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2258 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2261 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2262 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2263 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2266 (set (mem (post_inc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2267 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2268 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2269 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2272 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2273 effects: target-dependent
2276 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2277 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2278 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2279 cfa_store.offset = 0
2280 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2283 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2284 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2287 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2288 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2289 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2290 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2293 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2294 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2296 && cfa.indirect == 0
2297 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2298 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2299 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2302 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2304 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2305 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2308 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2309 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2310 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2311 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2312 flag is set in them. */
2313 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2316 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2319 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2320 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2321 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2322 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2323 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2324 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2325 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2327 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2328 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2329 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2330 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2331 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2334 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2336 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2337 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2338 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2339 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2340 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2341 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2343 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2345 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2346 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2350 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2356 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2358 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2359 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2363 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2368 fde
= current_fde ();
2370 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2373 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2375 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2377 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2380 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2381 relative to the current CFA register.
2383 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2384 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2385 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2386 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2387 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2388 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2389 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2393 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2394 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2395 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2396 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2397 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2399 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2400 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2401 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2402 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2404 && fde
->stack_realign
2405 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2406 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2407 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2408 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2410 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2417 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2421 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2424 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2427 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2429 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2435 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2437 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2438 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2439 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2441 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2442 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2445 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2447 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2449 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2450 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2451 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2452 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2454 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2457 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2458 or adjusting the FP */
2459 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2461 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2462 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2463 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2464 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2465 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2467 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2468 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2472 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2475 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2476 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2477 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2479 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2480 into the FP later on. */
2481 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2482 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2483 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2484 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2485 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2486 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2490 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2491 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2492 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2494 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2495 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2496 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2497 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2498 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2502 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2503 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2505 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2506 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2515 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2516 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2521 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2522 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2523 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2525 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2526 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2527 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2530 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2531 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2538 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2539 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2540 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2545 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2546 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2548 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2550 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2551 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2552 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2554 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2555 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2556 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2557 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2559 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2560 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2561 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2569 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2574 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2576 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2582 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2583 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2585 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2587 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2588 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2590 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2591 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2592 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == POST_MODIFY
)
2595 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2597 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2604 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2605 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2608 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2609 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2610 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2612 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2614 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2615 reference to represent the address of the stored
2618 && fde
->stack_realign
2619 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2621 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2622 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2625 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2626 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2628 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == POST_DEC
)
2629 offset
+= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2631 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2635 /* With an offset. */
2642 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2643 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2644 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2645 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2648 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2650 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2651 offset
-= cfa
.offset
;
2652 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2653 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2656 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2657 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2663 /* Without an offset. */
2666 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2668 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2669 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2670 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2671 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2674 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2675 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2682 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2683 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2684 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2685 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2693 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2694 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2695 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2699 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2700 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2701 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2703 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2705 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2708 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2709 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2710 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2711 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2714 && fde
->stack_realign
2715 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2716 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2718 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2720 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2722 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2723 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2724 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2727 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2729 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2733 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2734 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2736 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2737 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2742 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2743 calculate the CFA. */
2744 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2748 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2750 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2751 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2753 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2758 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2760 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2763 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2766 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2767 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2771 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2773 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2775 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2776 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2778 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2780 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2781 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2792 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2793 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2794 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2796 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2797 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2800 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2804 bool handled_one
= false;
2806 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2807 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2809 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2811 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2812 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2813 is still used to save registers. */
2814 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2815 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2819 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2820 any_cfis_emitted
= false;
2822 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2823 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2825 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2826 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2829 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2830 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2834 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2839 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2840 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2842 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2846 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2849 n
= single_set (insn
);
2850 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2854 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2859 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2860 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2862 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2866 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION
:
2869 n
= single_set (insn
);
2870 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n
, label
);
2874 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2879 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2880 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2883 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2887 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2891 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2894 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2896 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2907 if (any_cfis_emitted
)
2908 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2912 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2914 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2916 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2917 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2918 removing the check above. */
2919 if (any_cfis_emitted
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2920 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2923 /* Called once at the start of final to initialize some data for the
2924 current function. */
2926 dwarf2out_frame_debug_init (void)
2930 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2931 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2933 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2936 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2938 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2941 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2943 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2945 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2946 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2948 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2950 if (barrier_args_size
)
2952 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2953 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2957 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2958 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2959 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2960 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2963 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2965 bool saw_frp
= false;
2968 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2969 frame related insns. */
2970 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2975 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2976 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2978 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2981 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2984 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2986 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2988 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2989 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2992 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2993 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2997 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
3001 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
3002 save/restore pair. */
3006 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
3007 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
3008 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
3009 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
3013 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
3014 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
3015 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
3016 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
3019 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
3022 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
3026 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
3028 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
3030 /* And emulate the state save. */
3031 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3033 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
3036 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
3040 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
3042 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
3043 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
3045 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
3046 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
3048 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3050 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
3053 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
3054 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
3055 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3057 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3058 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3063 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3064 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3065 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3066 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3068 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3069 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3070 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3071 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3072 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3073 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
3076 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3077 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3078 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3079 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3080 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3081 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3082 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3083 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3084 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3085 case DW_CFA_register
:
3086 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3087 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3089 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3090 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3091 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3092 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3094 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3095 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3102 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3103 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3104 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3106 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3107 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3111 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3112 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3114 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3115 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3116 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3118 case DW_CFA_register
:
3119 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3121 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3122 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3125 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3129 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3130 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3131 for collect2 the first time around. */
3134 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
3138 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3139 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
3143 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
3149 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3151 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3153 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3155 flags
= ((! flag_pic
3156 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3157 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3158 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3159 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3160 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3161 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3162 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3165 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3166 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3168 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3170 if (eh_frame_section
)
3171 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3174 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3175 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3176 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3180 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3181 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3182 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3183 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3184 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3189 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3193 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3196 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3199 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3200 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3201 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3202 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3206 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3209 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3214 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3216 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3217 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3218 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3219 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3220 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3222 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3224 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3225 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3226 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3228 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3230 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3232 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3237 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3239 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3241 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3243 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3244 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3245 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3248 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3249 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3250 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3253 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3254 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3255 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3256 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3259 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3260 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3261 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3262 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3265 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3266 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3267 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3268 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3271 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3272 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3273 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3274 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3277 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3278 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3280 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3284 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3285 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3287 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3290 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3291 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3292 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3293 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3294 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3297 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3298 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3300 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3301 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3304 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3305 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3306 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3307 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3308 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3309 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3312 case DW_CFA_register
:
3313 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3315 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3319 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3320 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3321 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3324 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3325 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3326 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3332 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3333 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3334 output_cfa_loc (cfi
, for_eh
);
3337 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3338 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3347 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3350 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3352 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3354 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3356 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3357 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3358 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3359 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3360 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3361 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3362 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3363 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3364 going to take care of this for us. */
3368 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3369 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3370 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3371 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3372 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3375 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3376 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3377 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3378 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3381 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3382 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3383 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3386 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3387 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3388 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3391 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3393 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3394 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3395 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3399 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3400 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3403 case DW_CFA_register
:
3404 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3405 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3406 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3409 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3410 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3411 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3412 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3413 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3416 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3417 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3419 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3420 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3423 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3424 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3425 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3427 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3428 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3429 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3432 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3433 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3436 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3437 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3438 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3439 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3440 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3448 /* Output CFIs from VEC, up to index UPTO, to bring current FDE to the
3449 same state as after executing CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is
3450 true if .cfi_* directives shall be emitted, false otherwise. If it
3451 is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the other arguments to pass to
3455 output_cfis (cfi_vec vec
, int upto
, bool do_cfi_asm
,
3456 dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3459 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3461 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3462 VEC(dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3463 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3465 for (ix
= 0; ix
< upto
+ 1; ix
++)
3467 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ix
< upto
? VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref
, vec
, ix
) : NULL
;
3468 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3470 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3471 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3472 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3474 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3475 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3476 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3478 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3480 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3482 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3483 .cfi_restore_state. */
3488 for (; ix
< upto
; ix
++)
3490 cfi2
= VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref
, vec
, ix
);
3491 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3493 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3496 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3499 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3502 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3503 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3505 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3508 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3509 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3510 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3511 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3512 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3513 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3514 case DW_CFA_register
:
3515 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3516 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3517 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3518 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3519 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3520 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
)
3521 <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3522 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3523 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3524 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
3527 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3528 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3529 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3531 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3533 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3536 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3537 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3538 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3541 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3543 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3544 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3546 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3548 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3549 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3552 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3554 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3557 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3559 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3561 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3564 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3565 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3567 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3568 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3569 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3571 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3572 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3573 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3574 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3581 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3582 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3586 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3588 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3591 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3593 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3596 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3598 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3600 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3603 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3606 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3607 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3609 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3617 /* Like output_cfis, but emit all CFIs in the vector. */
3619 output_all_cfis (cfi_vec vec
, bool do_cfi_asm
,
3620 dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3622 output_cfis (vec
, VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, vec
), do_cfi_asm
, fde
, for_eh
);
3625 /* Output one FDE. */
3628 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3629 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3630 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3633 const char *begin
, *end
;
3634 static unsigned int j
;
3635 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3638 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3640 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3642 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3644 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3645 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3646 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3647 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3649 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3652 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3654 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3655 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3657 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3658 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3662 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3663 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3664 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3665 "FDE initial location");
3666 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3667 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3671 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3672 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3675 if (augmentation
[0])
3677 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3679 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3681 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3683 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3684 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3685 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3686 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3687 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3690 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3693 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3695 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3697 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3698 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3699 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3700 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3702 "Language Specific Data Area");
3706 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3707 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3708 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3709 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3713 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3716 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3718 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3719 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
3720 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
3721 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3724 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
> 0)
3725 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
3727 if (ix
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
)
3729 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3735 int until
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
);
3737 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
> 0)
3739 from
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
3740 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, from
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3742 for (i
= from
; i
< until
; i
++)
3743 output_cfi (VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, i
),
3747 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3748 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3749 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3750 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3751 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3753 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3754 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3755 switch *back* into the table section. */
3756 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3757 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3758 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3761 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3762 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3763 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3764 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3769 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3772 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
3774 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
3777 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
3780 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3783 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3784 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
3790 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3791 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3792 location of saved registers. */
3795 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3800 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3801 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3802 char augmentation
[6];
3803 int augmentation_size
;
3804 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3805 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3806 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3808 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3811 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3812 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3815 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3816 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3819 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3820 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3821 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3822 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3823 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3824 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3827 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
3829 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3830 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3831 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3832 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table
[i
]))
3833 any_eh_needed
= true;
3834 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
3835 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3842 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3846 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3847 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3850 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3852 /* Output the CIE. */
3853 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3854 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3855 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3856 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3857 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3858 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3859 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3860 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3862 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3863 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3864 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3865 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3866 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3868 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3869 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3870 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3871 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3873 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3875 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3877 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3878 augmentation_size
= 0;
3880 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3886 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3887 augmentation section.
3888 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3889 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3890 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3892 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3893 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3895 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3896 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3897 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3899 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3903 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3904 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3906 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3909 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3911 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3914 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3916 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3918 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3922 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3923 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3925 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3927 + 1 /* CIE version */
3928 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3929 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3930 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3932 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3933 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3934 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3936 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3938 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3939 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3940 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3944 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3945 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3952 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3954 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3959 if (augmentation
[0])
3961 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3965 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3966 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3971 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3973 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3975 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3977 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3980 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, cie_cfi_vec
, i
, cfi
)
3981 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3983 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3984 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3985 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3986 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3988 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3989 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3992 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3994 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3995 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
3998 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3999 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
4000 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
4003 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
4004 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
4005 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4006 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
4007 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
4008 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
4011 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
4016 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
4019 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
4023 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4025 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
4029 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
4032 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
4033 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
4034 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
4035 of the weirder relocation types. */
4036 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4037 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4039 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
4040 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4041 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4044 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
4048 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
4049 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
4050 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4051 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
4052 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
4054 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4055 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4057 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
4058 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4059 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4063 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
4067 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4068 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4070 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4076 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
4078 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
4080 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
4081 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
4083 && (!flag_exceptions
4084 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_TARGET
))
4087 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
4088 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
4089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4090 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4091 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4092 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4093 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
4094 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
4096 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4100 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4101 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
4103 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4104 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
4105 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
4106 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
4109 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4110 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
4112 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4113 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
4114 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
4115 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
4116 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
4117 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
4118 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= NULL
;
4119 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= NULL
;
4120 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= NULL
;
4121 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= NULL
;
4122 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, gc
, 20);
4123 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
= 0;
4124 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
4125 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
4126 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
4127 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
4128 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4129 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4130 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
4131 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4132 fde
->second_in_std_section
= 0;
4134 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
4136 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4137 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4138 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4140 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4143 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4144 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4147 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4148 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4149 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4151 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4152 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4153 function anymore. */
4154 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4155 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4156 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4160 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4161 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4165 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4166 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4169 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4171 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4173 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4174 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4175 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4176 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4177 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4178 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
4181 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4182 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4186 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4187 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4190 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4192 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4193 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
4196 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4198 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4199 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4200 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4201 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4202 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
4205 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4206 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4210 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4211 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4214 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4216 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4218 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4219 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4221 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4223 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4224 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4225 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4226 fde
= current_fde ();
4227 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4228 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
4229 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4233 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4235 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4236 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4237 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4238 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4240 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4241 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4243 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4244 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4246 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
4247 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4248 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4252 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4254 /* Output call frame information. */
4255 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
4256 output_call_frame_info (0);
4258 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4259 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
4260 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4261 output_call_frame_info (1);
4264 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4267 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4269 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4270 if (sec
== text_section
)
4271 text_section_used
= true;
4272 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4273 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4276 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
4277 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section
*);
4280 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4283 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4285 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
4287 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
4289 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4290 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4291 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4295 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4296 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4297 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4299 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4301 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4302 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4303 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4305 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4306 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4307 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4309 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4310 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4312 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4313 sect
= current_function_section ();
4314 switch_to_section (sect
);
4316 fde
->second_in_std_section
4317 = (sect
== text_section
4318 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
4320 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4322 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4323 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4325 output_all_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4327 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
);
4328 var_location_switch_text_section ();
4330 set_cur_line_info_table (sect
);
4333 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4334 for emitting location expressions. */
4336 /* Data about a single source file. */
4337 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4338 const char * filename
;
4342 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4343 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4344 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4345 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4346 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4348 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4352 } deferred_locations
;
4354 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4355 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4357 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4359 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4360 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4362 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4363 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4364 implementation are listed below. */
4369 dw_val_class_offset
,
4371 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4372 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4374 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4375 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4378 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4379 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4380 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4381 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4383 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4386 dw_val_class_decl_ref
,
4387 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4390 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4392 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4393 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4399 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4400 represented internally. */
4402 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4403 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4404 union dw_val_struct_union
4406 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4407 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4408 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4409 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4410 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4412 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4413 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4414 struct dw_val_die_union
4418 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4419 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4420 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4421 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4422 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4423 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4424 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4425 tree
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref
;
4426 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4430 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta
;
4432 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4436 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4439 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4440 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4441 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4442 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4443 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4444 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4446 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4447 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4451 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4452 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4453 their entire life. */
4454 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4455 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4456 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4457 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4458 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4459 Only on head of list */
4460 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4461 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4463 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
4466 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
4471 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4473 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4476 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4481 return "DW_OP_addr";
4483 return "DW_OP_deref";
4485 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4487 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4489 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4491 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4493 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4495 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4497 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4499 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4501 return "DW_OP_constu";
4503 return "DW_OP_consts";
4507 return "DW_OP_drop";
4509 return "DW_OP_over";
4511 return "DW_OP_pick";
4513 return "DW_OP_swap";
4517 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4525 return "DW_OP_minus";
4537 return "DW_OP_plus";
4538 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4539 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4545 return "DW_OP_shra";
4563 return "DW_OP_skip";
4565 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4567 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4569 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4571 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4573 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4575 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4577 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4579 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4581 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4583 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4585 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4587 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4589 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4591 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4593 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4595 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4597 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4599 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4601 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4603 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4605 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4607 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4609 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4611 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4613 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4615 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4617 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4619 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4621 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4623 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4625 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4627 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4629 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4631 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4633 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4635 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4637 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4639 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4641 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4643 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4645 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4647 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4649 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4651 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4653 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4655 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4657 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4659 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4661 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4663 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4665 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4667 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4669 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4671 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4673 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4675 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4677 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4679 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4681 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4683 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4685 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4687 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4689 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4691 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4693 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4695 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4697 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4699 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4701 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4703 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4705 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4707 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4709 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4711 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4713 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4715 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4717 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4719 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4721 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4723 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4725 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4727 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4729 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4731 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4733 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4735 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4737 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4739 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4741 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4743 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4745 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4747 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4749 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4751 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4753 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4755 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4757 return "DW_OP_regx";
4759 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4761 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4763 return "DW_OP_piece";
4764 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4765 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4766 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4767 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4771 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4772 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4774 return "DW_OP_call2";
4776 return "DW_OP_call4";
4777 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4778 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4779 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4780 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4781 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4782 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4783 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4784 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4785 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4786 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4787 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4788 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4790 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4791 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4792 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4793 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4794 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4795 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4796 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4797 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4798 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
4799 return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
4800 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
4801 return "DW_OP_GNU_const_type";
4802 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
4803 return "DW_OP_GNU_regval_type";
4804 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
4805 return "DW_OP_GNU_deref_type";
4806 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
4807 return "DW_OP_GNU_convert";
4808 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
4809 return "DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret";
4812 return "OP_<unknown>";
4816 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4817 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4818 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4820 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4821 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4822 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4824 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4826 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4827 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4828 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4829 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4830 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4835 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4838 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4839 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4842 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4845 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4848 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4851 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4853 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4855 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4856 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4862 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4865 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4867 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4870 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4875 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4876 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4880 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4881 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4882 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4883 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4884 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4886 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4887 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4889 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4890 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4893 else if (offset
> 0)
4894 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4898 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
4899 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
4903 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4906 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4909 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4910 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4913 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4914 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4916 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4917 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref
);
4919 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4921 static unsigned long
4922 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4924 unsigned long size
= 1;
4926 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4929 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4948 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4951 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4957 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4995 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4998 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5001 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
5004 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5005 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
5008 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5010 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5011 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5012 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5014 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5015 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5024 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
5025 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
5027 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5028 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
5029 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5031 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5032 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
5034 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5036 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
5037 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
5040 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
5043 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5044 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
) + 1;
5045 switch (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
)
5047 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5048 size
+= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
5049 * loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5051 case dw_val_class_const
:
5052 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
5054 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5055 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
5062 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
5065 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5066 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
5067 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
5070 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
5073 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5074 size
+= 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
5077 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
5078 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
5081 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5082 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
);
5091 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
5093 static unsigned long
5094 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5099 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
5100 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
5101 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5103 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
5105 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5110 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5112 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
5113 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5119 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5120 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
5121 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
, int);
5123 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5124 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5125 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5126 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5127 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5128 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5131 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5133 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5134 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5136 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5138 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5141 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5146 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5147 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
5149 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5154 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5159 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5160 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
5162 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5167 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5168 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5175 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5176 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5178 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
5181 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5182 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5183 switch (val2
->val_class
)
5185 case dw_val_class_const
:
5186 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5188 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5190 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5191 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
5195 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
5200 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
5203 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
5204 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5207 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5209 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5211 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5213 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5214 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5218 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5219 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5221 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5223 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5227 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5228 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
5229 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5244 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5245 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5246 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5247 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5248 only doing unwinding. */
5253 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5256 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5259 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5262 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5264 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5299 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5303 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5304 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5305 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5306 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5307 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5308 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5312 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5316 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5317 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5318 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5319 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5320 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5321 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5322 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5326 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5328 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5329 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5332 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5333 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5334 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5340 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5342 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5345 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5352 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5353 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5360 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5362 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5363 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
5364 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5365 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5366 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
5367 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5371 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5372 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
5373 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5376 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
5378 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
), l
;
5380 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
5381 switch (val2
->val_class
)
5383 case dw_val_class_const
:
5384 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
5385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
5386 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5388 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5390 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5391 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
5396 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
5397 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
5402 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
5405 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
5406 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5409 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5411 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5412 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
5414 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l
, NULL
);
5415 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5417 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5418 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5422 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5423 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5425 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, first
, NULL
);
5426 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, second
, NULL
);
5434 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
5436 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5437 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5439 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5441 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5442 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5443 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
5449 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
5451 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
5457 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
5458 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
5460 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5462 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
5467 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5472 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
5473 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5474 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5475 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5476 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5477 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5480 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5482 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5484 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5485 /* Output the opcode. */
5486 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5487 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5489 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5490 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5491 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5492 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5494 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5495 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5497 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5498 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5499 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5500 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
5504 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
5506 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5507 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5511 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5512 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5515 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5517 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5518 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5520 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5523 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5524 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5530 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5531 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5532 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5533 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5538 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5539 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5544 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5545 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5550 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5551 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5552 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5560 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5561 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5563 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5564 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5570 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5571 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5572 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5573 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5574 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5579 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5581 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5582 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5585 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5586 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5587 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5588 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5625 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5626 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5631 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5632 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5633 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5634 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5635 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5636 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5637 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5641 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5642 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5643 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
5644 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
5645 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
5646 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
5647 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
5652 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5658 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5662 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5663 /* Output the opcode. */
5664 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5666 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5667 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5668 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5669 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5671 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5673 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5674 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5675 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5676 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5678 /* Output the opcode. */
5679 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
5680 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5682 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5684 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5686 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5690 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5691 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5694 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, int for_eh
)
5696 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5699 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5702 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
5703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, r
, NULL
);
5704 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5707 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5709 /* Output the size of the block. */
5710 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5711 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5713 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5714 output_loc_sequence (loc
, for_eh
);
5717 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5720 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5722 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5725 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5728 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
5729 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", r
);
5730 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5733 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5735 /* Output the size of the block. */
5736 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5738 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5740 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5741 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5744 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5745 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5748 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5749 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5751 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5753 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5757 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5758 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5759 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5760 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5763 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5764 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5768 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5773 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5774 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5777 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5778 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5780 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5781 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5782 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5784 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5785 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5787 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5788 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5789 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5790 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5793 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5797 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5798 descriptor sequence. */
5801 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5803 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5805 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5809 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5811 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5847 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5850 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5884 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5885 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5888 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5889 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5894 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5895 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5898 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5899 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5904 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5906 /* .debug_str support. */
5907 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5909 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5910 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5911 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5912 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5913 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5914 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5915 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5916 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5917 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5918 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5919 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5920 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5921 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5922 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5923 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5925 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5926 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5927 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5928 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5930 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5932 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5936 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5939 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5940 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5941 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5942 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5943 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5944 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5945 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5946 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5947 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
5948 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
5950 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5951 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5953 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5954 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5955 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5956 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5957 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5958 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5959 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5960 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5961 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5962 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5963 something tries to reference them. */
5964 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5965 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5966 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5967 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5968 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5970 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
5971 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
5974 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5975 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5976 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5978 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5979 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5980 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5981 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5983 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
5984 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
5985 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
5986 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
5987 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
5988 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
5991 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
5993 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5994 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5996 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5998 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
6000 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
6001 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
6002 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
6003 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
6004 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
6005 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
6007 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
6008 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
6009 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
6012 enum dw_line_info_opcode
{
6013 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
6016 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
6017 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
6021 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
6024 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
6027 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
6030 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
6031 LI_set_prologue_end
,
6032 LI_set_epilogue_begin
,
6034 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
6035 LI_set_discriminator
6038 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
6039 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
;
6041 } dw_line_info_entry
;
6043 DEF_VEC_O(dw_line_info_entry
);
6044 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_line_info_entry
, gc
);
6046 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct
{
6047 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
6048 const char *end_label
;
6050 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
6051 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
6052 unsigned int file_num
;
6053 unsigned int line_num
;
6054 unsigned int column_num
;
6059 VEC(dw_line_info_entry
, gc
) *entries
;
6060 } dw_line_info_table
;
6062 typedef dw_line_info_table
*dw_line_info_table_p
;
6064 DEF_VEC_P(dw_line_info_table_p
);
6065 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_line_info_table_p
, gc
);
6067 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
6068 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
6069 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
6071 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
6072 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
6073 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
6077 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
6078 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
6080 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
6081 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
6082 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
6084 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
6085 union die_symbol_or_type_node
6087 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
6088 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
6090 GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id
;
6091 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
6092 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
6093 dw_die_ref die_child
;
6095 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
6096 dw_offset die_offset
;
6097 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
6099 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
6100 int die_perennial_p
;
6101 unsigned int decl_id
;
6102 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
6106 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
6107 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
6108 c = die->die_child; \
6112 } while (c != die->die_child); \
6115 /* The pubname structure */
6117 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
6123 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
6124 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
6126 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
6127 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
6128 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
6132 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
6134 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
6135 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code
;
6136 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
6141 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry
);
6142 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry
, gc
);
6144 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
6149 /* The comdat type node structure. */
6150 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
6152 dw_die_ref root_die
;
6153 dw_die_ref type_die
;
6154 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
6155 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
6159 /* The limbo die list structure. */
6160 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
6163 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
6167 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
6171 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
6173 skeleton_chain_node
;
6175 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
6176 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
6177 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
6180 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
6181 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
6183 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
6184 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
6185 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
6186 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
6187 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
6188 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
6190 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
6191 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
6192 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
6193 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
6194 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
6195 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
6196 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
6197 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
6198 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
6199 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
6201 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
6202 language, and compiler version. */
6204 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
6205 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6206 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
6208 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
6209 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
6210 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
6211 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6213 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
6214 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
6216 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
6217 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
6218 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6219 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6220 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
6222 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
6223 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
6224 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
6225 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6226 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6227 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
6229 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
6230 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6231 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
6232 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
6234 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
6238 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
6239 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
6240 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
6242 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
6243 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
6245 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
6246 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
6248 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
6249 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
6250 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
6251 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
6252 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
6254 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
6255 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
6256 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
6259 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
6260 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
6261 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
6263 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6264 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
6266 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
6267 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
6269 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
6270 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
6272 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
6273 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
6274 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
6276 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
6277 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
6279 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
6280 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
6281 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
6283 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
6284 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
6285 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
6287 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
6292 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
6293 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
6295 /* Node of the variable location list. */
6296 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
6297 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
6298 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
6299 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
6300 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
6301 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
6302 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
6303 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
6304 NULL as second operand. */
6306 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6307 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6310 /* Variable location list. */
6311 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
6312 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
6314 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
6315 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
6316 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
6317 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
6318 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
6319 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
6320 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
6322 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
6323 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
6324 is after section switch. */
6325 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
6327 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
6328 unsigned int decl_id
;
6330 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
6332 /* Call argument location list. */
6333 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
6334 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
6335 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6336 tree
GTY (()) block
;
6338 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
6339 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6343 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
6344 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
6346 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
6347 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
6348 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
6350 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
6351 static int call_site_count
= -1;
6352 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
6353 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
6355 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
6357 static VEC (dw_die_ref
, heap
) *block_map
;
6359 /* A cached location list. */
6360 struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
6361 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
6362 unsigned int decl_id
;
6364 /* The cached location list. */
6365 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
6367 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
6369 /* Table of cached location lists. */
6370 static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list
))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
6372 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
6373 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
6374 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
6375 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
6376 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
6378 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
6379 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
6381 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
6382 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6384 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6385 abbrev_die_table. */
6386 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
6388 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
6389 static unsigned int line_info_label_num
;
6391 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
6392 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
6393 assembly for the function. */
6394 static dw_line_info_table
*cur_line_info_table
;
6396 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
6397 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*text_section_line_info
;
6398 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cold_text_section_line_info
;
6400 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
6401 static GTY(()) VEC (dw_line_info_table_p
, gc
) *separate_line_info
;
6403 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
6405 static bool info_section_emitted
;
6407 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6408 accessible names. */
6409 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
6411 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6412 accessible types. */
6413 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
6415 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
6416 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
6417 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry
, gc
) * macinfo_table
;
6419 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6420 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
6422 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6423 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
6425 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6426 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
6428 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6429 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6430 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
6432 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6433 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
6435 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6436 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
6438 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6440 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6442 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6443 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
6445 /* Unique label counter. */
6446 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
6448 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6449 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6451 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6452 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
6454 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6455 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
6457 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6458 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
6460 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6461 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
6463 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
6465 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
6466 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
6467 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
6468 we do it at the end of compilation. */
6469 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *generic_type_instances
;
6471 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6472 within the current function. */
6473 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
6475 static VEC (dw_die_ref
, heap
) *base_types
;
6477 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6479 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
6480 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
6481 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
6482 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6483 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6484 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6485 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
6486 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
6487 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
6488 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
6489 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6490 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
6491 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6492 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
6493 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6494 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
6495 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6496 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6497 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
6498 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6499 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
6500 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6501 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6502 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6503 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
6504 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
6505 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
6506 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6507 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
6508 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
6509 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
6510 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6511 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
6512 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
6513 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6515 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
6516 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
6517 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
6518 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6519 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6520 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6521 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6522 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6523 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6525 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
6526 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6527 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6528 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6529 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6530 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6531 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6532 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6533 static bool is_cxx (void);
6534 static bool is_fortran (void);
6535 static bool is_ada (void);
6536 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6537 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
6538 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6539 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6540 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
6541 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6542 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
6543 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6544 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6545 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6546 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
6547 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6548 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6549 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6550 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6551 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
6552 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6553 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
6554 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6555 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6556 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6557 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6558 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6559 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6560 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6561 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6562 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6563 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6564 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6565 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6566 struct checksum_attributes
;
6567 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6568 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6569 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6570 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6571 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6572 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6573 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6574 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6575 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6576 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6577 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6578 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6579 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6580 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6581 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6582 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6583 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6584 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6585 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6586 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6587 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6588 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6589 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6590 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6591 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6593 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6594 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6595 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6596 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6598 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6599 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6600 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6601 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6602 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6603 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6604 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6605 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6606 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6607 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6608 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6609 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
6610 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6611 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6612 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6613 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6614 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6615 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6616 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6617 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6618 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6619 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6620 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6621 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6622 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6623 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6624 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6625 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6626 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6627 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6628 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
6629 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6630 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6631 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6633 static void output_ranges (void);
6634 static dw_line_info_table
*new_line_info_table (void);
6635 static void output_line_info (void);
6636 static void output_file_names (void);
6637 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6638 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6639 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6640 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6641 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6642 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6643 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6644 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6645 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6646 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6647 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6648 enum var_init_status
);
6649 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6650 enum var_init_status
);
6651 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6652 enum var_init_status
);
6653 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6654 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6655 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6656 enum var_init_status
);
6657 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6658 enum var_init_status
);
6659 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6660 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6661 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6662 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6663 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6664 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6665 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6666 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6667 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6669 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6670 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6671 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6672 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6673 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6674 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6675 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool,
6676 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6677 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6678 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6679 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6680 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6681 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6682 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6683 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6684 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6685 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6686 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6687 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6688 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6689 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6690 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6691 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6692 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6693 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6694 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6695 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6696 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6697 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6698 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6699 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6700 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6701 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6703 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6705 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6706 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6708 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6710 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6711 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6712 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6713 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6714 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6715 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6716 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6717 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6718 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6719 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6720 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6721 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6722 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6723 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6724 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6725 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6726 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6727 enum debug_info_usage
);
6728 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6729 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6730 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6731 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6732 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6733 static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6734 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
6735 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6736 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6737 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6738 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6739 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6740 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6741 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6742 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6743 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6744 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6745 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6746 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6747 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6748 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6749 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6750 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6751 const char *, const char *);
6752 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6753 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6755 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6756 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6757 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6758 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6759 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6760 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6761 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6762 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6763 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
6764 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
6765 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6766 const char *, const char *);
6767 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6768 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6769 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
6770 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
6771 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
6773 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6774 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6775 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6777 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6778 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6780 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6781 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6783 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6784 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6786 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6787 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6789 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6790 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6792 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6793 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6795 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6796 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6798 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6799 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6801 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6802 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6805 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6806 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6807 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6810 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6811 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6812 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6813 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6816 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6817 the section names themselves. */
6819 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6820 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6822 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6823 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6825 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6826 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6828 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6829 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6831 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6832 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6834 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6835 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6837 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6838 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6840 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6841 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6845 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6846 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6847 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6848 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6849 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6851 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6852 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6853 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6854 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6855 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6856 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6857 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6858 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6859 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6860 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6862 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6863 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6865 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6866 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6868 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6869 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6871 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6872 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6874 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6875 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6879 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6881 comp_unit_die (void)
6883 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
6884 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
6885 return single_comp_unit_die
;
6888 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6889 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6891 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6894 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6896 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6899 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6902 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6904 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6905 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6906 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6909 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6913 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6915 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6917 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6918 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6919 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6920 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6922 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6923 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6924 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6929 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6932 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6934 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6936 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6937 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6940 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6943 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
6945 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
6948 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
6950 static unsigned long int
6951 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
6953 if (ref
->die_offset
)
6954 return ref
->die_offset
;
6955 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev
)
6957 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
6958 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
6960 return ref
->die_offset
;
6963 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6966 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6970 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6971 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6972 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6973 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6974 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6975 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6976 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6977 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6979 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6980 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6981 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6982 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6983 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6985 return "DW_TAG_label";
6986 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6987 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6989 return "DW_TAG_member";
6990 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6991 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6992 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6993 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6994 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6995 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6996 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6997 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6998 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6999 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
7000 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7001 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
7002 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7003 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
7004 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7005 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
7006 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
7007 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
7008 case DW_TAG_variant
:
7009 return "DW_TAG_variant";
7010 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
7011 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
7012 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
7013 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
7014 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
7015 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
7016 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
7017 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
7019 return "DW_TAG_module";
7020 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7021 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
7022 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7023 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
7024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7025 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
7026 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
7027 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
7028 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
7029 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
7030 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7031 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
7032 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
7033 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
7034 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7035 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
7036 case DW_TAG_constant
:
7037 return "DW_TAG_constant";
7038 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
7039 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
7040 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7041 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
7043 return "DW_TAG_friend";
7044 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
7045 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
7046 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
7047 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
7048 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7049 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
7050 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
7051 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
7052 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
7053 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
7054 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
7055 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
7056 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
7057 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
7058 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
7059 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
7060 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
7061 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
7062 case DW_TAG_variable
:
7063 return "DW_TAG_variable";
7064 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7065 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
7066 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
7067 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
7068 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
7069 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
7070 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7071 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
7072 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
7073 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
7074 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
7075 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
7076 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
7077 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
7078 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
7079 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
7080 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
7081 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
7082 case DW_TAG_condition
:
7083 return "DW_TAG_condition";
7084 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
7085 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
7086 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
7087 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
7088 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
7089 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
7090 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
7091 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
7092 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
7093 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
7094 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
7095 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
7096 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
7097 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
7098 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
7099 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
7100 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
7101 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
7102 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
7103 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
7104 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
7105 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
7106 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
7107 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
7108 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
7109 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
7110 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
:
7111 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site";
7112 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
:
7113 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter";
7115 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
7119 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
7122 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
7127 return "DW_AT_sibling";
7128 case DW_AT_location
:
7129 return "DW_AT_location";
7131 return "DW_AT_name";
7132 case DW_AT_ordering
:
7133 return "DW_AT_ordering";
7134 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
7135 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
7136 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
7137 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
7138 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
7139 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
7140 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
7141 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
7142 case DW_AT_element_list
:
7143 return "DW_AT_element_list";
7144 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
7145 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
7147 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
7149 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
7150 case DW_AT_language
:
7151 return "DW_AT_language";
7153 return "DW_AT_member";
7155 return "DW_AT_discr";
7156 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
7157 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
7158 case DW_AT_visibility
:
7159 return "DW_AT_visibility";
7161 return "DW_AT_import";
7162 case DW_AT_string_length
:
7163 return "DW_AT_string_length";
7164 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
7165 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
7166 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
7167 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
7168 case DW_AT_const_value
:
7169 return "DW_AT_const_value";
7170 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
7171 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
7172 case DW_AT_default_value
:
7173 return "DW_AT_default_value";
7175 return "DW_AT_inline";
7176 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
7177 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
7178 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
7179 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
7180 case DW_AT_producer
:
7181 return "DW_AT_producer";
7182 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
7183 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
7184 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
7185 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
7186 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
7187 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
7188 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
7189 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
7190 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
7191 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
7192 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
7193 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
7194 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
7195 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
7196 case DW_AT_address_class
:
7197 return "DW_AT_address_class";
7198 case DW_AT_artificial
:
7199 return "DW_AT_artificial";
7200 case DW_AT_base_types
:
7201 return "DW_AT_base_types";
7202 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
7203 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
7205 return "DW_AT_count";
7206 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
7207 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
7208 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
7209 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
7210 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
7211 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
7212 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
7213 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
7214 case DW_AT_declaration
:
7215 return "DW_AT_declaration";
7216 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
7217 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
7218 case DW_AT_encoding
:
7219 return "DW_AT_encoding";
7220 case DW_AT_external
:
7221 return "DW_AT_external";
7222 case DW_AT_explicit
:
7223 return "DW_AT_explicit";
7224 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
7225 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
7227 return "DW_AT_friend";
7228 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
7229 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
7230 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
7231 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
7232 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
7233 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
7234 case DW_AT_priority
:
7235 return "DW_AT_priority";
7237 return "DW_AT_segment";
7238 case DW_AT_specification
:
7239 return "DW_AT_specification";
7240 case DW_AT_static_link
:
7241 return "DW_AT_static_link";
7243 return "DW_AT_type";
7244 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7245 return "DW_AT_use_location";
7246 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7247 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
7248 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7249 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
7250 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7251 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
7253 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7254 return "DW_AT_allocated";
7255 case DW_AT_associated
:
7256 return "DW_AT_associated";
7257 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7258 return "DW_AT_data_location";
7259 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7260 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
7261 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
7262 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
7263 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7264 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
7265 case DW_AT_extension
:
7266 return "DW_AT_extension";
7268 return "DW_AT_ranges";
7269 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
7270 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
7271 case DW_AT_call_column
:
7272 return "DW_AT_call_column";
7273 case DW_AT_call_file
:
7274 return "DW_AT_call_file";
7275 case DW_AT_call_line
:
7276 return "DW_AT_call_line";
7277 case DW_AT_object_pointer
:
7278 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
7280 case DW_AT_signature
:
7281 return "DW_AT_signature";
7282 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
7283 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
7284 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
7285 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
7286 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
7287 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
7288 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
7289 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
7290 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
7291 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
7293 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
7294 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
7295 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
7296 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
7297 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
7298 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
7299 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
7300 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
7301 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7302 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
7303 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
7305 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
7306 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
7308 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
7309 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
7310 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
7311 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
7312 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7313 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
7314 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
7316 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
7317 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
7319 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
7320 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
7321 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
7322 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
7323 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
7324 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
7326 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
7327 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
7328 case DW_AT_src_info
:
7329 return "DW_AT_src_info";
7330 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
7331 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
7332 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
7333 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
7334 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
7335 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
7336 case DW_AT_body_end
:
7337 return "DW_AT_body_end";
7339 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
7340 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
7341 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
7342 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
7343 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
7344 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
7345 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
7346 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
7347 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
7348 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
7349 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
7350 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
7351 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
7352 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
7353 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
7354 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
7355 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
7356 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
7357 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
7358 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
7359 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
:
7360 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value";
7361 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
:
7362 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value";
7363 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
:
7364 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target";
7365 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
:
7366 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered";
7367 case DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
:
7368 return "DW_AT_GNU_tail_call";
7369 case DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
:
7370 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites";
7371 case DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
:
7372 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
7373 case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites
:
7374 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
7376 case DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
:
7377 return "DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type";
7379 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
7380 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
7383 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
7387 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
7390 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
7395 return "DW_FORM_addr";
7396 case DW_FORM_block2
:
7397 return "DW_FORM_block2";
7398 case DW_FORM_block4
:
7399 return "DW_FORM_block4";
7401 return "DW_FORM_data2";
7403 return "DW_FORM_data4";
7405 return "DW_FORM_data8";
7406 case DW_FORM_string
:
7407 return "DW_FORM_string";
7409 return "DW_FORM_block";
7410 case DW_FORM_block1
:
7411 return "DW_FORM_block1";
7413 return "DW_FORM_data1";
7415 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7417 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7419 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7421 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7422 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
7423 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7425 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7427 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7429 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7431 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7432 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
7433 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7434 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
7435 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7436 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
7437 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7438 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
7439 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7440 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
7441 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7442 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
7443 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7445 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7449 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7450 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7451 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7452 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7456 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
7458 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
7461 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7462 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7463 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7464 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
7467 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7468 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7469 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
7471 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
7474 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7475 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7479 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
7481 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
7483 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
7484 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
7486 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7487 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
7489 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
7490 context
= NULL_TREE
;
7495 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7498 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
7500 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7504 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
7505 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
7506 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
7509 static inline enum dw_val_class
7510 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
7512 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
7515 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7518 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
7522 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7523 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
7524 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
7525 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7528 static inline unsigned
7529 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
7531 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
7532 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
7535 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7538 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
7542 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7543 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
7544 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
7545 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7548 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7549 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
7551 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
7552 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
7555 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7558 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7559 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
7563 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7564 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
7565 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
7566 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7569 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7570 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
7572 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
7573 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
7576 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7579 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7580 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
7584 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7585 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
7586 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
7587 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
7588 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7591 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7594 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7595 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
7599 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7600 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
7601 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
7602 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
7603 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
7604 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7607 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7610 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7611 unsigned char data8
[8])
7615 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7616 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
7617 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
7618 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7621 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7624 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7626 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7630 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7632 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7633 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7636 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7638 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7639 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7641 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7644 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7645 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7646 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7648 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7649 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7652 node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7653 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7657 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7663 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7666 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7669 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7671 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7673 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7674 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7675 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7676 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7679 static inline const char *
7680 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7682 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7683 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7686 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7687 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7689 static enum dwarf_form
7690 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7692 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7696 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7698 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7702 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7704 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7705 always better to put it inline. */
7706 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7707 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7709 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7710 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7712 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7713 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7714 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7715 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7717 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7718 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7719 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7721 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7724 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7727 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7731 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7732 gcc_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
7734 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
7735 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
7736 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
7740 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7741 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7742 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7743 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7744 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7747 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7748 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7751 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7753 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7754 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7755 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7758 static inline dw_die_ref
7759 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7761 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7762 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7766 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7768 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7769 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7775 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7777 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7778 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7781 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7784 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7788 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7789 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7790 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7791 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7794 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7797 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7801 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7802 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7803 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7804 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7807 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7808 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7810 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7811 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7815 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7819 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7820 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7821 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7822 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7823 have_location_lists
= true;
7826 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7827 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7829 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7830 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7833 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7834 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7836 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7837 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7840 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7843 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7847 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7848 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7849 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7850 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7853 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7856 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7858 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7859 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7862 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7865 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7866 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7870 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7871 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7872 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7873 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7876 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7878 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7879 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7881 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7882 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7885 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7888 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7889 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
7893 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7894 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
7895 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
7896 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
7897 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7900 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7903 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7907 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7908 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7909 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7910 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7913 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7914 debug_line section. */
7917 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7922 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7923 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7924 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7925 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7928 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7929 debug_macinfo section. */
7932 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7937 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7938 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7939 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7940 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7943 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7946 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7947 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7951 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7952 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7953 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7954 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7957 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7960 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7961 long unsigned int offset
)
7965 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7966 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7967 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7968 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7971 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7973 static inline const char *
7974 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7976 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7977 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
7980 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7982 static inline const char *
7983 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7985 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7986 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
7989 static inline const char *
7990 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7992 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7993 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7994 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7995 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7998 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
8001 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8005 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
8010 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8011 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
8013 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
8014 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
8018 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
8023 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
8024 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
8025 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
8027 static inline const char *
8028 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
8030 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
8032 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
8035 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
8036 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
8037 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
8039 static inline const char *
8040 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
8042 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
8044 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
8047 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
8048 NULL if it is not present. */
8050 static inline const char *
8051 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8053 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
8055 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
8058 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
8059 if it is not present. */
8062 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8064 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
8066 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
8069 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
8070 if it is not present. */
8072 static inline unsigned
8073 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8075 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
8077 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
8080 static inline dw_die_ref
8081 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8083 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
8085 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
8088 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
8089 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8091 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
8093 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
8096 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
8101 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
8103 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
8106 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
8111 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
8113 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
8114 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
8115 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
8118 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
8123 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
8125 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
8128 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
8131 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
8139 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8140 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
8142 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
8143 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
8144 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
8146 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
8148 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
8153 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
8154 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
8157 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
8159 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
8160 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
8163 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
8167 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
8168 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
8169 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
8172 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
8173 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
8176 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
8178 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
8180 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
8181 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
8183 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
8184 if (prev
== old_child
)
8186 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
8187 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
8191 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
8192 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
8194 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
8195 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
8198 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
8201 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
8204 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
8205 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
8206 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
8209 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
8213 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
8219 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
8221 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
8223 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8224 /* Might have removed every child. */
8225 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
8229 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8232 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
8235 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
8237 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
8238 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
8240 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
8242 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
8245 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
8246 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8249 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8250 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
8253 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
8254 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
8255 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
8258 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
8262 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
8263 specification DIE at toplevel. */
8264 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
8266 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
8272 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
8273 || (child
->die_parent
8274 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
8276 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
8277 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
8279 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
8283 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
8286 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
8288 static inline dw_die_ref
8289 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
8291 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
8293 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
8295 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
8296 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
8299 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
8301 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
8302 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
8303 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
8304 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
8305 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
8311 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
8313 static inline dw_die_ref
8314 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
8316 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
8319 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
8320 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
8321 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
8323 static inline dw_die_ref
8324 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8327 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
8329 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
8330 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
8331 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
8335 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
8336 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
8337 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
8338 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
8339 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
8340 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
8342 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
8343 a naming typedef is. */
8345 static inline dw_die_ref
8346 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
8348 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8349 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
8352 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
8355 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8357 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
8360 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
8363 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
8365 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
8368 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
8371 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8373 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8376 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
8378 static inline dw_die_ref
8379 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
8381 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8384 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
8387 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
8389 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8392 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
8396 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8398 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8401 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
8403 static inline var_loc_list
*
8404 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
8406 if (!decl_loc_table
)
8408 return (var_loc_list
*)
8409 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8412 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
8415 cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x
)
8417 return (hashval_t
) ((const cached_dw_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8420 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
8424 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8426 return (((const cached_dw_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
8427 == DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8430 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
8433 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
8435 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8438 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8440 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8443 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8446 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
8448 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
8451 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
8452 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
8453 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
8456 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8459 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
8461 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
8462 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
8464 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
8467 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8468 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8471 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
8473 if (bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
8474 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
8476 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
8481 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8482 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8485 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
8486 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
8490 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
8492 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
8497 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8498 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8499 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8500 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8501 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8502 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8503 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8504 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8505 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8508 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
8509 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
8510 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
8513 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
8517 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8518 while (src
!= inner
)
8520 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8521 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8522 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8523 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8526 /* Add padding if needed. */
8527 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
8529 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
8530 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8531 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8533 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
8536 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8537 just update the location for it and return. */
8538 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
8541 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8542 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8543 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8544 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8545 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
8548 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
8551 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
8553 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
8556 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
8557 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
8560 /* Add padding if needed. */
8561 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
8565 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8566 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8570 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8573 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8574 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8575 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8576 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8580 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8582 static struct var_loc_node
*
8583 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
8585 unsigned int decl_id
;
8588 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
8589 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
8591 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
))
8593 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
8594 if (realdecl
&& handled_component_p (realdecl
))
8596 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
8599 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
8600 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
8601 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
8602 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
8604 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
8605 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
8611 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8612 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8615 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8616 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8620 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
8624 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
8625 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
8626 int piece_bitpos
= 0;
8630 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
8632 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
8634 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
8637 int cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
8638 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
8640 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
8641 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
8645 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8646 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8648 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
8650 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8651 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8652 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
8654 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8655 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8658 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8659 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
8661 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
8664 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
8668 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
8669 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
8670 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8674 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
8675 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
8676 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
8677 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
8678 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
8679 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
8680 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
8682 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
8683 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8684 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8685 we have nothing to do. */
8686 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
8687 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
8688 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
8689 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8690 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
8691 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8692 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8693 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
8694 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
8696 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8697 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8698 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8702 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
8705 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8706 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
8707 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8709 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
8710 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8712 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8713 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8714 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
8722 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8725 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8730 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8731 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8732 the DIE internal representation. */
8733 static int print_indent
;
8735 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8738 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
8740 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
8743 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8746 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
8750 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8751 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
8754 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8755 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8758 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
8764 print_spaces (outfile
);
8765 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
8766 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
),
8768 print_spaces (outfile
);
8769 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
8770 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
8771 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
8773 if (use_debug_types
&& die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8775 print_spaces (outfile
);
8776 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
8777 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8778 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8781 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8783 print_spaces (outfile
);
8784 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8786 switch (AT_class (a
))
8788 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8789 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
8791 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8792 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
8794 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8795 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
8797 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8798 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
8799 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
8801 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8802 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
8804 case dw_val_class_const
:
8805 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
8807 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8808 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
8810 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8811 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
8812 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
8813 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
8814 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
8816 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8817 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
8819 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8820 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
8822 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8823 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
8825 if (use_debug_types
&& AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8827 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
8828 print_signature (outfile
,
8829 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8831 else if (! use_debug_types
&& AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8832 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
8833 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8835 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8836 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a
));
8839 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
8841 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8842 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8843 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
));
8845 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8846 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8847 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8848 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
8850 case dw_val_class_str
:
8851 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
8852 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
8854 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
8856 case dw_val_class_file
:
8857 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
8858 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
8860 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8864 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
8865 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
8872 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8875 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8878 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
8881 if (print_indent
== 0)
8882 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8885 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8888 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8890 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8893 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8894 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8900 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
8903 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8904 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8905 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8908 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8910 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8911 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8913 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8917 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8920 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8922 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8924 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8928 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8929 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8931 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8934 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8938 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8940 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8941 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8944 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8947 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8949 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8952 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8954 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8955 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8956 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8959 switch (AT_class (at
))
8961 case dw_val_class_const
:
8962 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8964 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8965 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8967 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8968 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8970 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8971 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8973 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8974 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8976 case dw_val_class_str
:
8977 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8980 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8982 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8983 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8986 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8987 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8990 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8991 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8992 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8995 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8996 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8999 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9000 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9001 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9002 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9003 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9006 case dw_val_class_file
:
9007 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
9010 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9011 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
9019 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
9022 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9028 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9031 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
9034 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9036 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
9038 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9039 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
9041 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
9045 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9047 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
9048 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
9049 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
9050 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
9051 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
9052 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
9053 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
9055 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
9058 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
9065 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
9067 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
9068 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
9077 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
9080 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
9084 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
9087 /* More bytes to follow. */
9095 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
9096 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
9099 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
9103 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9105 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
9106 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
9107 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
9110 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9112 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9116 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9117 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9119 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
9120 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
9122 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
9125 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
9128 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
9130 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
9131 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
9132 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
9134 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9135 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
9139 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
9142 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
9143 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
9144 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
9145 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
9149 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
9152 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
9153 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9155 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9158 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9160 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
9162 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
9163 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
9164 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
9165 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
9166 is complete or not. */
9167 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
9168 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9169 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9170 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9171 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
9172 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
9173 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
9175 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9177 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
9179 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9183 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
9184 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9185 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9186 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9187 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
9188 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9193 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
9194 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
9195 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
9196 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
9198 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
9199 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9200 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
9204 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9208 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9209 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
9210 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9211 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9212 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9213 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
9218 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
9219 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9221 switch (AT_class (at
))
9223 case dw_val_class_const
:
9224 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9225 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
9228 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9229 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9230 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
9233 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9234 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9235 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
9236 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
9239 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9240 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9241 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
9242 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
9245 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9246 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
9247 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
9250 case dw_val_class_str
:
9251 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9252 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
9255 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9257 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
9258 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9259 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
9262 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9263 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9264 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
9267 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9268 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
9269 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
9272 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9273 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9274 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9275 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9278 case dw_val_class_file
:
9279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9280 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
9283 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9284 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
9292 struct checksum_attributes
9294 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
9295 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
9296 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
9297 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
9298 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
9299 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
9300 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
9301 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
9302 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
9303 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
9304 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
9305 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
9306 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
9307 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
9308 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
9309 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
9310 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
9311 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
9312 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
9313 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
9314 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
9315 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
9316 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
9317 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
9318 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
9319 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
9320 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
9321 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
9322 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
9323 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
9324 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
9325 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
9326 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
9327 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
9328 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
9329 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
9330 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
9331 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
9332 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
9333 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
9334 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
9335 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
9336 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
9337 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
9338 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
9339 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
9340 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
9343 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
9346 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
9351 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9362 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
9364 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
9365 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
9367 case DW_AT_address_class
:
9368 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
9370 case DW_AT_allocated
:
9371 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
9373 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9374 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
9376 case DW_AT_associated
:
9377 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
9379 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
9380 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
9382 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
9383 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
9385 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
9386 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
9388 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
9389 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
9391 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9392 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
9394 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
9395 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
9397 case DW_AT_const_value
:
9398 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
9400 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9401 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
9404 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
9406 case DW_AT_data_location
:
9407 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
9409 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
9410 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
9412 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
9413 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
9415 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
9416 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
9418 case DW_AT_default_value
:
9419 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
9421 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
9422 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
9425 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
9427 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
9428 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
9430 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
9431 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
9433 case DW_AT_encoding
:
9434 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
9436 case DW_AT_endianity
:
9437 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
9439 case DW_AT_explicit
:
9440 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
9442 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
9443 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
9445 case DW_AT_location
:
9446 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
9448 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
9449 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
9452 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
9454 case DW_AT_ordering
:
9455 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
9457 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
9458 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
9460 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
9461 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
9464 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
9467 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
9469 case DW_AT_string_length
:
9470 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
9472 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
9473 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
9475 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
9476 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
9478 case DW_AT_use_location
:
9479 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
9481 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
9482 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
9484 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
9485 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
9487 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9488 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
9490 case DW_AT_visibility
:
9491 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
9493 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
9494 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
9502 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9505 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9509 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
9511 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9512 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
9514 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
9516 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9518 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
9519 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
9521 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
9522 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
9523 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
9524 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
9525 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
9526 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
9527 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
9528 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
9529 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
9530 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
9531 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
9532 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
9533 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
9534 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
9535 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
9536 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
9537 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
9538 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
9539 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
9540 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
9541 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
9542 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
9543 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
9544 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
9545 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
9546 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
9547 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
9548 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
9549 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
9550 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
9551 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
9552 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
9553 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
9554 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
9555 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
9556 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
9557 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
9558 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
9559 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
9560 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
9561 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
9562 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
9563 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
9564 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
9565 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
9566 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
9567 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
9569 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9572 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
9575 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
9576 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9577 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
9579 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9580 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
9581 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9585 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9586 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
9588 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
9590 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9592 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9596 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9597 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9598 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9599 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9601 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9602 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9603 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9604 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9605 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9606 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9607 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9610 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
9614 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9618 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9619 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9621 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9622 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9623 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9625 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
9627 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9629 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9630 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9631 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9633 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
9634 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
9635 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9637 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
9640 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9642 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9644 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
9646 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9647 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9648 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9650 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9651 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9652 unmark_all_dies (die
);
9653 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9655 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9656 type node together. */
9657 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
9658 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
9659 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9660 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
9662 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9665 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9668 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9670 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
9672 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
9673 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
9674 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
9677 /* Do the values look the same? */
9679 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
9681 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
9684 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
9687 switch (v1
->val_class
)
9689 case dw_val_class_const
:
9690 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
9691 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9692 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
9693 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9694 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
9695 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
9696 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9697 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
9698 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9700 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
9701 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9704 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9705 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
9706 case dw_val_class_str
:
9707 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
9709 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9710 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
9711 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
9712 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
9714 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
9716 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9717 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
9719 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9720 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
9722 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
9723 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
9725 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
9727 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9728 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
9730 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9731 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9732 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9733 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9734 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9737 case dw_val_class_file
:
9738 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
9740 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9741 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
9748 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9751 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
9753 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
9756 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9757 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9758 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
9761 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
9764 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9767 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
9773 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9775 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
9776 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9778 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
9781 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
9782 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
9785 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
9786 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
9789 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
9790 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
9799 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
9803 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
9805 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
9815 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9818 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
9821 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
9823 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
9824 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
9829 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9831 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
9833 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9834 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
9836 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9837 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9840 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
9842 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9843 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
9844 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
9847 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9850 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9851 the name filename of the unit. */
9853 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9855 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9856 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
9857 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9859 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
9860 clean_symbol_name (name
);
9862 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
9863 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
9865 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9869 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9870 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9873 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9876 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9878 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9880 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9881 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9882 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9883 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9884 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9885 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9886 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9887 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9888 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9889 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9890 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9891 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9892 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9893 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9894 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9895 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9896 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9897 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9898 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9899 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9906 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9907 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9908 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9909 compilations (functions). */
9912 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9914 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9915 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9916 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9917 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9919 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9922 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9923 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9924 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9925 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9926 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9928 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9930 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9933 return is_type_die (c
);
9936 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9937 compilation unit. */
9940 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9942 return (is_type_die (c
)
9943 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9944 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9945 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9948 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9951 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9953 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
;
9957 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9961 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9962 return xstrdup (buf
);
9965 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9968 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9972 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9974 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9976 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9978 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9979 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9980 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9983 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9986 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9989 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9992 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9993 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9996 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9998 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
10000 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
10001 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
10003 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10007 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10009 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10010 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
10011 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10013 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10017 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
10019 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
10020 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
10024 next
= entry
->next
;
10030 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
10033 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
10035 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
10036 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
10038 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
10040 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
10041 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
10045 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
10047 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
10053 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
10057 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
10059 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
10060 entry
->next
= *slot
;
10066 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
10068 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
10070 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
10072 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
10073 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
10077 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
10080 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
10081 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
10082 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
10085 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
10088 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
10089 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
10090 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
10092 c
= die
->die_child
;
10094 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
10096 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
10097 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
10099 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
10101 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
10102 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
10104 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
10105 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
10106 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
10107 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
10109 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
10111 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
10114 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
10117 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
10118 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
10119 gcc_assert (!unit
);
10122 assign_symbol_names (die
);
10123 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
10124 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
10130 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
10131 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
10132 &comdat_symbol_number
);
10133 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
10135 *pnode
= node
->next
;
10138 pnode
= &node
->next
;
10139 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
10140 comdat_symbol_number
);
10143 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
10146 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
10149 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10154 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10155 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
10161 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
10164 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
10166 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10170 return local_scope_p (decl
);
10173 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
10177 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die
)
10181 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
&& ! is_declaration_die (die
))
10183 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (contains_subprogram_definition(c
)) return 1);
10187 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
10188 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
10191 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
10193 switch (die
->die_tag
)
10195 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
10196 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
10197 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
10198 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
10199 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
10201 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
10202 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
10203 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
))
10205 /* A type definition should never contain a subprogram definition. */
10206 gcc_assert (!contains_subprogram_definition (die
));
10208 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
10209 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
10210 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
10211 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
10212 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
10213 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
10214 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
10215 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
10216 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
10217 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
10218 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
10219 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
10220 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
10221 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
10222 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
10223 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
10229 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
10232 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10238 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10239 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10241 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10242 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10247 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
10250 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
10253 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
10255 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
10260 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
10263 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
10270 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
10271 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
10272 return clone_die (die
);
10274 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
10275 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10277 return clone_die (decl
);
10279 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10280 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10282 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10284 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
10285 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
10286 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
10288 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10290 case DW_AT_artificial
:
10291 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
10292 case DW_AT_external
:
10295 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
10296 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
10297 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
10298 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10300 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
10306 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
10307 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
10309 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10313 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
10314 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
10315 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
10316 attached to the specification. */
10319 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
10322 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
10324 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10333 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
10334 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
10335 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10337 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10339 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10341 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
10342 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
10343 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
10344 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
10347 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
10350 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
10351 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10352 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10354 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
10355 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
10357 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
10358 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
10363 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
10364 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
10367 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
10369 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
10372 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
10374 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
10376 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
10377 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
10381 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
10382 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
10383 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
10386 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
10388 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10391 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10392 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10394 node
.parent
= parent
;
10396 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
10400 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10403 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10405 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10406 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
10408 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
10409 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
10410 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
10411 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
10412 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
10414 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
10415 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
10416 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
10420 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10421 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10424 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
10427 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
10429 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10431 node
.old_die
= die
;
10432 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10433 node
.parent
= NULL
;
10435 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
10436 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
10437 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
10438 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10440 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10441 return node
.new_die
;
10444 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
10445 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10446 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10447 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10448 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10449 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10452 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
10454 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
10456 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
10457 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
10458 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
10461 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10462 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
10468 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10469 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10472 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
10476 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10477 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10478 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
10480 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
10484 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10487 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10488 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
10490 dw_die_ref replacement
;
10491 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
10493 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10494 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10495 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10496 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
10497 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
10498 type_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10499 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
10500 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
10501 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
10503 /* Generate the type signature. */
10504 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
10506 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10507 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10508 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
10510 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10511 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
10513 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10514 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10516 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10517 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
10519 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
10522 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
10523 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
10524 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10525 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
10527 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10528 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10530 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10533 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10535 struct decl_table_entry
10541 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10544 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
10546 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
10547 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
10549 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
10553 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10555 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10556 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
10557 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10559 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
10563 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
10565 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
10570 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10571 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10572 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10573 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10576 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10578 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
10579 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
10581 void **slot
= NULL
;
10582 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
10586 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10587 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
10588 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
10589 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10591 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10592 return entry
->copy
;
10595 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10596 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10598 entry
->copy
= NULL
;
10602 if (parent
!= NULL
)
10604 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
10607 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10608 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10609 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10612 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10613 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
10615 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
10617 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10618 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10624 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10625 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10629 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10635 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10637 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10639 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
10640 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10642 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
10644 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
10647 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
10648 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
10650 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10652 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10653 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10654 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10655 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
10659 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
10660 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
10662 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10666 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10667 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10668 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10669 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10670 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10671 entry
->orig
= targ
;
10672 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10675 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10676 into the new type unit. */
10677 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
10678 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10679 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10680 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
10683 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
10684 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
10686 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10687 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10688 get visited otherwise. */
10689 if (parent
!= unit
)
10691 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10692 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10693 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10694 while (parent
->die_parent
10695 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
10697 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
10698 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10700 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10706 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
10709 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10710 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10711 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10712 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10713 don't have an external reference. */
10716 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
10721 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
10722 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
10723 htab_delete (decl_table
);
10724 unmark_dies (unit
);
10727 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10728 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10729 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10732 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
10736 if (! die
->die_child
)
10739 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
10740 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
10742 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
10745 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10748 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
10754 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10755 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
10756 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
10758 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
10761 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10762 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10763 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10764 die are visited recursively. */
10767 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
10769 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10770 unsigned int n_alloc
;
10775 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10776 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10777 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10778 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10779 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
10781 gcc_assert (use_debug_types
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10782 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
10785 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10787 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10788 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
10792 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
10794 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
10797 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
10798 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
10801 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
10803 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
10804 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
10805 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
10815 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
10817 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
10819 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10820 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
10823 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
10824 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10825 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
10828 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
10829 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
10832 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
10833 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
10836 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10839 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
10846 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
10849 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
10854 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10855 .debug_info section. */
10857 static unsigned long
10858 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10860 unsigned long size
= 0;
10864 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
10865 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10867 switch (AT_class (a
))
10869 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10870 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10872 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10873 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10875 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10877 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10879 /* Block length. */
10880 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10881 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
10883 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
10887 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10888 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10890 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10891 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10893 case dw_val_class_const
:
10894 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
10896 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10897 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10899 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10900 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10901 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10902 size
++; /* block */
10904 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10905 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10906 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
10907 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10908 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
10910 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10911 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10912 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10913 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10914 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10915 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10916 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10917 the same abbrev entry. */
10918 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10922 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10923 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10925 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
10926 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10927 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10928 it's always sized as an offset. */
10929 if (use_debug_types
)
10930 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10931 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10932 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10934 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10937 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10939 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10940 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10942 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10943 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10945 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10946 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10947 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10949 case dw_val_class_str
:
10950 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10951 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10953 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10955 case dw_val_class_file
:
10956 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10958 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10961 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10962 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10965 gcc_unreachable ();
10972 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10973 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10974 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10975 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10978 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10982 gcc_assert (die
->die_offset
== 0
10983 || (unsigned long int) die
->die_offset
== next_die_offset
);
10984 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10985 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10987 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10989 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10990 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10991 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10994 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
10995 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
10996 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
10997 values for the base types. */
11000 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
11002 unsigned long die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11004 dw_die_ref base_type
;
11005 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
11006 dw_die_ref prev
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
;
11009 die_offset
+= size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
11010 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref
, base_types
, i
, base_type
); i
++)
11012 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
11013 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_offset
== 0
11014 && prev
->die_sib
== base_type
11015 && base_type
->die_child
== NULL
11016 && base_type
->die_abbrev
);
11019 base_type
->die_offset
= die_offset
;
11020 die_offset
+= size_of_die (base_type
);
11024 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
11025 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
11026 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
11027 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
11030 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
11034 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
11037 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
11040 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
11043 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
11047 if (! use_debug_types
)
11048 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
11051 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
11054 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
11057 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
11063 if (!die
->die_mark
)
11067 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
11069 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
11070 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
11071 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
11074 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
11075 generated for the compilation unit. */
11077 static unsigned long
11078 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11080 unsigned long size
;
11084 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
11085 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
)
11086 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11087 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11088 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11089 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11091 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11095 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
11097 static unsigned long
11098 size_of_aranges (void)
11100 unsigned long size
;
11102 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
11104 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
11105 if (text_section_used
)
11106 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11107 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11108 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11109 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
11111 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
11113 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
11115 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
11117 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
11118 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11119 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
11120 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11124 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
11125 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11129 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
11131 static enum dwarf_form
11132 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
11134 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
11136 case dw_val_class_addr
:
11137 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
11138 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
11141 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
11142 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
11143 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
11144 return DW_FORM_addr
;
11148 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11151 return DW_FORM_data1
;
11153 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11155 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11157 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11159 gcc_unreachable ();
11161 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
11162 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11163 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11164 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
11166 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11167 case dw_val_class_offset
:
11168 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
11171 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11173 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11175 gcc_unreachable ();
11177 case dw_val_class_loc
:
11178 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11179 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
11180 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
11183 return DW_FORM_block1
;
11185 return DW_FORM_block2
;
11187 gcc_unreachable ();
11189 case dw_val_class_const
:
11190 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
11191 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
11192 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
11195 return DW_FORM_data1
;
11197 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11199 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11201 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11203 gcc_unreachable ();
11205 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
11206 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
11209 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11211 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11213 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11216 return DW_FORM_block1
;
11218 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11219 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
11220 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
11223 return DW_FORM_block1
;
11225 return DW_FORM_block2
;
11227 return DW_FORM_block4
;
11229 gcc_unreachable ();
11231 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11232 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11234 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11235 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11236 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11237 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11238 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11239 the same abbrev entry. */
11240 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
11241 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
11243 return DW_FORM_flag
;
11244 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11245 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11246 return use_debug_types
? DW_FORM_ref_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
11248 return DW_FORM_ref
;
11249 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11250 return DW_FORM_data
;
11251 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11252 return DW_FORM_addr
;
11253 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11254 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11255 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
11256 case dw_val_class_str
:
11257 return AT_string_form (a
);
11258 case dw_val_class_file
:
11259 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
11262 return DW_FORM_data1
;
11264 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11266 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11268 gcc_unreachable ();
11271 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11272 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11275 gcc_unreachable ();
11279 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
11282 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
11284 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
11286 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
11289 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
11293 output_abbrev_section (void)
11295 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
11297 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
== 1)
11300 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
11302 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
11304 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
11306 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
11307 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
11308 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
11310 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
11313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
11315 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
11318 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
11319 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
11320 output_value_format (a_attr
);
11323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11324 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11327 /* Terminate the table. */
11328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11331 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
11334 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
11336 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11341 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
11342 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
11343 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
11345 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11350 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
11353 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
11354 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11355 const char *section
)
11357 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
11359 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
11360 retlist
->end
= end
;
11361 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
11362 retlist
->section
= section
;
11367 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
11368 hasn't got one yet. */
11371 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
11373 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
11374 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
11377 /* Output the location list given to us. */
11380 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
11382 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
11384 if (list_head
->emitted
)
11386 list_head
->emitted
= true;
11388 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11390 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
11391 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
11393 unsigned long size
;
11394 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
11395 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
11397 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11399 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
11400 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11401 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11402 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
11403 "Location list end address (%s)",
11404 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11408 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
11409 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11410 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11411 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
11412 "Location list end address (%s)",
11413 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11415 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
11417 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11418 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
11419 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
11421 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
11424 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11425 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
11426 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11427 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11428 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
11429 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11432 /* Output a type signature. */
11435 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
11439 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11440 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11443 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
11444 the definitions of each child DIE. */
11447 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
11451 unsigned long size
;
11454 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
11455 them to point to. */
11456 if (! use_debug_types
&& die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
11457 output_die_symbol (die
);
11459 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
11460 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
11461 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
11463 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
11465 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
11467 switch (AT_class (a
))
11469 case dw_val_class_addr
:
11470 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
11473 case dw_val_class_offset
:
11474 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
11478 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
11480 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
11482 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
11483 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
11484 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
11485 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
11490 case dw_val_class_loc
:
11491 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
11493 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11494 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11495 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
11497 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
11499 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
11502 case dw_val_class_const
:
11503 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11504 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11505 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11506 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
11509 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
11510 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
11511 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
11514 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
11516 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
11518 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
11519 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11520 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11521 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11524 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11526 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11527 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11531 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11532 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11535 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11537 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11542 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11544 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
11545 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
11549 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
11550 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
11551 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11556 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
11558 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11559 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
11560 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
11564 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11565 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11567 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11568 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11569 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11570 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11571 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11572 the same abbrev entry. */
11573 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
11574 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11575 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11576 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
11579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
11582 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11584 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
11587 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
11592 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11593 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11595 if (use_debug_types
)
11597 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
11598 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11600 gcc_assert (type_node
);
11601 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
11605 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11609 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11610 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11612 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
11613 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11615 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11616 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
11622 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
11623 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
11628 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
11633 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
11634 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
11639 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11640 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11641 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
11645 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11646 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
11649 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11650 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11651 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
11654 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11655 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11656 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
11659 case dw_val_class_str
:
11660 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
11661 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11662 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
11664 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
11666 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
11669 case dw_val_class_file
:
11671 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
11673 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
11674 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
11678 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11682 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11683 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
11684 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11689 gcc_unreachable ();
11693 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
11695 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11696 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11698 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
11701 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11702 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11705 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11707 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11709 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11710 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11711 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11712 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11713 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11714 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11715 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
11716 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11717 debug_abbrev_section
,
11718 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11722 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11725 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
11727 const char *secname
;
11728 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
11730 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11731 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11734 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11735 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11736 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11737 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11738 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11741 build_abbrev_table (die
);
11743 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11744 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11745 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11747 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11750 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11752 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11754 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11755 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11759 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11760 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11761 info_section_emitted
= true;
11764 /* Output debugging information. */
11765 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11768 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11769 output_pubnames. */
11773 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11777 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11780 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11782 const char *secname
;
11785 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11789 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11790 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11792 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
11794 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11795 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11796 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11798 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11799 secname
= ".debug_types";
11800 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11801 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
11802 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11803 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11804 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11805 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11806 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11809 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11810 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11811 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11812 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11814 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11817 /* Output debugging information. */
11818 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11819 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11820 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11821 "Offset to Type DIE");
11822 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11824 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11827 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11829 static const char *
11830 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11832 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11834 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11837 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11840 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11842 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11847 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11848 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
11853 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11855 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11857 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11859 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11863 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11866 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11870 if (!targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11874 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11875 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
))
11876 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11881 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
11883 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11884 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
11885 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
11886 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
11887 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
11889 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
11894 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11896 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
11899 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11900 it to the table. */
11901 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
11902 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
11906 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11907 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11910 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11913 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11916 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11917 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11918 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11919 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11920 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11921 "Length of Public Names Info");
11923 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11924 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11925 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11926 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11927 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11928 debug_info_section
,
11929 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11930 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11931 "Compilation Unit Length");
11933 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
)
11935 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11936 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11937 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11939 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11940 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11941 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11943 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
11946 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
11950 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11953 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11954 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11955 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11958 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length
)
11962 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11963 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11964 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11965 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11966 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11967 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11968 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11969 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11970 debug_info_section
,
11971 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11975 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11976 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11978 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11980 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11981 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11982 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11983 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11986 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11987 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11988 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11989 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11990 confused with the terminator. */
11991 if (text_section_used
)
11993 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11994 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11995 text_section_label
, "Length");
11997 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11999 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
12001 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
12002 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
12005 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
12007 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
12009 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
12011 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
12013 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
12015 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
12017 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
12018 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
12020 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
12022 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
12024 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
12025 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
12030 /* Output the terminator words. */
12031 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
12032 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
12035 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
12038 static unsigned int
12039 add_ranges_num (int num
)
12041 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
12043 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
12045 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12046 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
12047 ranges_table_allocated
);
12048 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
12049 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
12052 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
12053 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
12055 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
12058 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
12059 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
12061 static unsigned int
12062 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
12064 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
12067 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
12071 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
12074 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
12075 unsigned int offset
;
12077 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
12079 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12080 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
12082 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
12083 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
12084 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
12085 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
12088 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
12089 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
12090 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
12092 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
12095 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
12101 output_ranges (void)
12104 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
12105 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
12107 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
12109 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
12113 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12114 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12116 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
12117 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
12119 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
12120 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
12121 base of the text section. */
12122 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
12124 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
12125 text_section_label
,
12126 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
12127 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
12128 text_section_label
, NULL
);
12131 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
12132 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
12133 about whether the target supports cross-section
12137 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
12138 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
12139 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
12145 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
12146 else if (block_num
< 0)
12148 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
12150 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
12152 gcc_unreachable ();
12154 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
12155 function section, all we have to do is to take out
12156 the #if 0 above. */
12157 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
12158 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
12159 text_section_label
,
12160 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
12161 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
12162 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
12163 text_section_label
, NULL
);
12168 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
12169 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
12170 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
12171 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
12172 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
12178 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
12179 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
12185 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
12188 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
12189 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
12190 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
12191 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
12192 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
12195 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
12199 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
12200 int length
; /* Path length. */
12201 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
12202 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
12203 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
12206 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
12207 the directories in the path. */
12210 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
12212 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
12213 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
12214 const unsigned char *cp1
;
12215 const unsigned char *cp2
;
12217 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
12218 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
12219 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
12220 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
12221 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
12222 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
12223 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
12225 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
12226 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
12232 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
12233 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12234 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
12235 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
12236 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
12238 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12239 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12240 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12244 struct file_name_acquire_data
12246 struct file_info
*files
;
12251 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12254 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
12256 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
12257 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
12258 struct file_info
*fi
;
12261 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12263 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12266 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12268 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12270 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12272 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12275 /* Create a new array entry. */
12277 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12280 /* Search for the file name part. */
12281 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12282 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12284 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12288 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12294 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12298 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12299 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12300 slowdowns with many input files. */
12303 output_file_names (void)
12305 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12307 struct file_info
*files
;
12308 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12316 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12318 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12323 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12325 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12326 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12327 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12329 fnad
.files
= files
;
12330 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12331 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12332 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
12333 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12335 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12337 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12338 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12339 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12340 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12342 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12343 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12346 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12347 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12348 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12349 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12351 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12352 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12353 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12359 /* This is a new directory. */
12360 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12361 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12362 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12363 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12364 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12366 /* Search for a prefix. */
12367 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12368 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12369 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12370 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12371 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12372 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12373 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12374 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12379 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12380 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12381 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12382 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12383 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12384 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12385 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12386 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12388 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12389 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12394 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12395 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12396 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12397 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12399 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12402 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12404 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12408 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12409 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12410 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12414 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12415 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12417 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12418 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12423 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12425 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12427 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12428 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12429 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12431 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12432 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12434 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12435 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12440 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12441 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12442 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12443 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12445 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12446 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12448 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12450 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12451 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12452 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12453 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12454 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12455 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12457 /* Now write all the file names. */
12458 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12460 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12461 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12463 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12464 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12466 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12467 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12472 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12473 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12474 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
12475 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12477 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12478 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12479 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12481 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12482 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12484 /* Include directory index. */
12485 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12487 /* Modification time. */
12488 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12489 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12493 /* File length in bytes. */
12494 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12495 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12499 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
12500 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12502 /* Include directory index. */
12503 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12505 /* Modification time. */
12506 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12508 /* File length in bytes. */
12509 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12510 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12513 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12517 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
12520 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table
*table
)
12522 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12523 unsigned int current_line
= 1;
12524 bool current_is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
12525 dw_line_info_entry
*ent
;
12528 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_entry
, table
->entries
, i
, ent
)
12530 switch (ent
->opcode
)
12532 case LI_set_address
:
12533 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
12534 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
12535 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
12536 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
12537 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
12538 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12539 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12541 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12542 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label
);
12544 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12546 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12550 if (ent
->val
== current_line
)
12552 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
,
12554 "copy line %u", current_line
);
12558 int line_offset
= ent
->val
- current_line
;
12559 int line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12561 current_line
= ent
->val
;
12562 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12564 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12565 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
12566 This takes 1 byte. */
12567 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12568 "line %u", current_line
);
12572 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12573 depending on the value being encoded. */
12574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12575 "advance to line %u", current_line
);
12576 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12577 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, NULL
);
12583 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "set file %u", ent
->val
);
12584 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12587 case LI_set_column
:
12588 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column
, "column %u", ent
->val
);
12589 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12592 case LI_negate_stmt
:
12593 current_is_stmt
= !current_is_stmt
;
12594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt
,
12595 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt
);
12598 case LI_set_prologue_end
:
12599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end
,
12600 "set prologue end");
12603 case LI_set_epilogue_begin
:
12604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin
,
12605 "set epilogue begin");
12608 case LI_set_discriminator
:
12609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent
->val
);
12610 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent
->val
), NULL
);
12611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator
, NULL
);
12612 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, NULL
);
12617 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
12618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table
->end_label
);
12619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12621 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, table
->end_label
, NULL
);
12623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
12624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12628 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12629 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12632 output_line_info (void)
12634 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
12635 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
12636 bool saw_one
= false;
12639 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
12640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
12641 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
12642 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
12644 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12645 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12646 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12647 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12648 "Length of Source Line Info");
12649 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12651 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
12652 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12653 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12655 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
12656 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
12657 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
12658 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
12659 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
12660 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
12661 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
12662 and don't let the target override. */
12663 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
12666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12667 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12668 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12669 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12670 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12671 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12672 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12673 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12674 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12675 "Special Opcode Base");
12677 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12682 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12683 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12684 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12685 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12686 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12687 case DW_LNS_set_isa
:
12695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12699 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12700 output_file_names ();
12701 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12703 if (separate_line_info
)
12705 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
12708 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_table_p
, separate_line_info
, i
, table
)
12711 output_one_line_info_table (table
);
12715 if (cold_text_section_line_info
&& cold_text_section_line_info
->in_use
)
12717 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info
);
12721 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
12722 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
12723 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
12724 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
12725 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
12726 if (text_section_line_info
->in_use
|| !saw_one
)
12727 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info
);
12729 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12730 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12733 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12734 a DIE that describes the given type.
12736 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12737 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12740 base_type_die (tree type
)
12742 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12743 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12745 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12748 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12749 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12750 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12751 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12753 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12756 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12757 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12758 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12759 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12760 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12762 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12763 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12764 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12766 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12770 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12772 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12773 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12775 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12777 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12778 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12780 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12784 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12786 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12787 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12789 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12792 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12795 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12796 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12797 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12798 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12799 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12801 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12804 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12805 a user defined type for it. */
12807 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12808 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12810 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12814 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12815 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12819 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12820 gcc_unreachable ();
12823 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12825 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12826 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12827 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12829 return base_type_result
;
12832 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12833 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12836 is_base_type (tree type
)
12838 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12844 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12852 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12853 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12854 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12857 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12865 gcc_unreachable ();
12871 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12872 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12873 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12874 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12875 ERROR_MARK node. */
12877 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12878 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12880 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12881 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12882 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12884 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12885 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12887 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12890 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12892 static inline double_int
12893 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12895 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12896 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD
);
12897 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12898 return double_int_zero
;
12899 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12900 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12902 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type
));
12905 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12906 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12909 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12911 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12912 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12914 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12915 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
12917 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12919 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12921 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12922 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12923 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12927 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12929 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12931 return subrange_die
;
12934 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12935 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12938 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12939 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12941 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12942 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12943 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12944 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12945 tree qualified_type
;
12946 tree name
, low
, high
;
12948 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12951 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12954 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12955 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12956 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12958 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
12959 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
12960 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
12962 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
12964 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
12965 && TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
12966 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
12967 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
12968 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
12969 qualified_type
= t
;
12972 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12973 if (qualified_type
)
12975 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12977 return mod_type_die
;
12980 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12982 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12983 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12984 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12986 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12988 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12990 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12991 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12992 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12994 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12995 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12996 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12997 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12998 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12999 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
13000 type to which it refers. */
13001 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
13002 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
13004 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
13008 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
13009 which leads to a qualified type. */
13010 && (!is_volatile_type
13011 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
) == NULL_TREE
13012 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
) != NULL_TREE
))
13014 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13015 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
13017 else if (is_volatile_type
)
13019 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13020 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, 0, context_die
);
13022 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
13024 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13025 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13026 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13027 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13028 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
13029 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
13030 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
13032 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13034 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
13035 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (),
13038 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
13039 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13040 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13041 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13042 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
13043 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
13044 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
13046 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
13047 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
13048 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
13050 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
13051 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13053 else if (is_base_type (type
))
13054 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
13057 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13059 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
13060 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
13061 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
13062 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
13063 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
13065 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
13066 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
13068 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
13069 not the main variant. */
13070 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13073 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
13074 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
13075 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
13076 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
13077 if the base type already has the same name. */
13079 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
13080 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
13081 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
13082 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13083 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
13084 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
13086 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13087 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
13088 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
13089 useful source coordinates anyway. */
13090 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
13091 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
13092 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
, context_die
);
13094 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
13095 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
13096 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, "__unknown__");
13098 if (qualified_type
)
13099 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
13102 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13103 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13104 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13105 types are possible in Ada. */
13106 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
13107 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
13108 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
13111 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
13112 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
13114 return mod_type_die
;
13117 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13118 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13119 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13122 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13126 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13128 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13132 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13133 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13134 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13138 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13140 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13141 or function. End of story. */
13144 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13145 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13146 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13148 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13150 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13151 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13152 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13153 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13155 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13157 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13158 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13159 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13160 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13161 an argument pack. */
13162 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13163 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13167 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13168 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
13173 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13174 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13175 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13176 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13177 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13179 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13180 as a child node. */
13183 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13185 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13187 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13188 const char *name
= NULL
;
13190 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13193 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13194 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13195 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13197 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13198 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13199 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13200 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13201 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13202 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13203 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13204 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13205 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13206 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13207 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13208 name of the template template argument. */
13209 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13212 gcc_unreachable ();
13218 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13219 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13220 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13221 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13225 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13227 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13230 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13232 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13233 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13234 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13235 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13236 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13237 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13238 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
13239 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
13244 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13245 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13246 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13248 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13249 to the name of the argument. */
13250 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13252 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13255 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13256 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13257 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13258 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13260 We must be careful here:
13261 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13262 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13263 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13264 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13265 emitted after cgraph computations.
13266 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13267 after cgraph is ready. */
13268 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13274 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13275 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13276 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13279 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13280 tree parm_pack_args
,
13281 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13286 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13288 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13289 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13290 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13291 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13292 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13293 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13298 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13299 an enumerated type. */
13302 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
13304 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
13307 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13309 static unsigned int
13310 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13312 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13314 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13316 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13317 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13319 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13320 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13321 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13325 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13328 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13329 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13330 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13333 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13335 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13337 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13339 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13340 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13343 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13344 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13348 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13349 zero if there is none. */
13351 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13352 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13356 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13359 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13360 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13361 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13362 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13363 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13364 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13365 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13367 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13369 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13371 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, GET_MODE (rtl
), VOIDmode
,
13374 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13375 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13380 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13382 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
13383 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13385 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
13388 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13389 a given hard register number. */
13391 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13392 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13394 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13398 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13400 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13402 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13403 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13405 return reg_loc_descr
;
13408 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13409 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13411 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13412 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13413 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13415 int nregs
, size
, i
;
13417 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13420 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13421 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13423 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13424 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13425 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13428 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13429 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
13431 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13432 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13434 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
13439 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13441 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13442 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13443 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13444 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13450 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13452 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13454 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13457 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13459 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13461 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13462 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13463 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13464 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13465 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13468 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13469 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13473 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13475 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13476 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13478 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13480 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13481 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13485 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13486 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13487 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13488 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13489 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13490 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13491 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13492 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13499 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13500 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13501 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13502 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13503 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13504 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13509 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13512 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13513 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13515 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13516 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13519 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13521 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13528 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13530 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13532 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13533 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13536 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13542 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13544 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13545 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13548 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
13550 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13551 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13552 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13553 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13554 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13555 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
13557 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
13558 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13559 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13563 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13565 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13566 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
13570 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13572 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13573 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
13574 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13576 unsigned int regno
;
13577 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
13578 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
13580 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13581 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13582 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13583 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13584 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13586 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
13590 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
13592 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
13593 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
13595 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13596 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13597 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
13598 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
13599 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13600 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
13602 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13603 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13604 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13605 access stack variables. */
13606 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
13607 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13610 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
13611 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13613 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
13616 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
13617 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13622 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
13623 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
13625 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13626 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13627 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13628 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13629 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13630 else in other part of the routine. */
13631 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13634 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
13636 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
13639 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
13641 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13642 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13647 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13650 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
13652 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
13653 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13654 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13655 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
13658 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13661 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13662 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
13665 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
13667 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
13670 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
13672 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
13673 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
13676 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
13677 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13680 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
13681 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
13686 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13690 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
13692 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
13694 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13696 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
13699 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
13700 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
13702 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
13706 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13707 or via for_each_rtx. */
13710 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13714 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
13716 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13717 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13718 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13719 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
13721 if (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) != 1
13722 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
13723 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == NULL
13724 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
13725 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))))
13726 inform (current_function_decl
13727 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
13728 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
13729 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
13730 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
13731 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
13732 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
13735 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13739 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13740 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13744 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13747 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
13750 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
13751 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13752 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13755 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13756 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13761 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13764 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13765 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13766 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13767 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13768 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13769 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
13771 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
13773 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
13775 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13776 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13784 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13785 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13786 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13789 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
13791 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
13792 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
13794 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
13795 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
13800 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
13801 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
13804 base_type_for_mode (enum machine_mode mode
, bool unsignedp
)
13806 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13807 tree type
= lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_mode (mode
, unsignedp
);
13811 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
13819 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13821 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, false, false, comp_unit_die ());
13822 if (type_die
== NULL
|| type_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_base_type
)
13827 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a signed
13828 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, signed
13829 type matching DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. Return NULL if the conversion is not
13832 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13833 convert_descriptor_to_signed (enum machine_mode mode
, dw_loc_descr_ref op
)
13835 enum machine_mode outer_mode
= mode
;
13836 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13837 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
13839 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13841 outer_mode
= mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
,
13843 if (outer_mode
== BLKmode
13844 || GET_MODE_SIZE (outer_mode
) != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13847 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (outer_mode
, 0);
13848 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13850 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
13851 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
13852 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
13853 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
13854 add_loc_descr (&op
, cvt
);
13858 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
13860 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13861 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, dw_loc_descr_ref op0
,
13862 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
13864 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= op0
;
13865 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
13866 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13867 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13869 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13870 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13875 /* Return location descriptor for signed comparison OP RTL. */
13877 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13878 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
13879 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
13881 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13882 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13885 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13886 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13887 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13891 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
13892 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
13895 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
13896 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13897 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
13898 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13900 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
13903 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
13904 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) >= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13905 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
13907 shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13908 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13909 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13910 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13912 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13913 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13915 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13917 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13918 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13919 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13920 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13921 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13922 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13923 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13924 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13925 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13926 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13927 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13928 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13929 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
13931 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13932 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13933 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13934 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13937 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13938 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13940 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
13943 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
13945 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13946 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
13947 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
13949 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13950 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13952 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13953 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13954 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13956 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13959 if (dwarf_strict
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13962 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13965 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
13966 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13967 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
13968 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13970 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
13973 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13975 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13976 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13977 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13979 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13981 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13982 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13983 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13984 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13985 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13987 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13988 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13990 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13991 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13992 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13993 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13994 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13996 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13997 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14000 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14002 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14003 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14004 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14005 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14006 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14007 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14009 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14014 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (op_mode
, 1);
14015 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14017 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14019 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14020 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14021 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14022 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14023 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14024 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14025 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14026 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14027 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14028 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14030 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14033 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
14035 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14036 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14037 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
14039 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14040 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
;
14041 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14044 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14045 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14048 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14049 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14050 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14051 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14053 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14056 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14057 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14058 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14059 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14061 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14063 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (mode
);
14064 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14065 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14066 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14067 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14069 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14071 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14072 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14073 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14074 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14078 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 1);
14079 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14080 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14082 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14083 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14084 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14085 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14086 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14087 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14088 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14089 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14090 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14091 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14094 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
14095 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14097 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14098 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14099 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14100 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14101 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14104 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14109 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14110 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14111 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14112 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
14113 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14114 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14115 add_loc_descr (&ret
, drop_node
);
14116 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14117 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14121 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
14122 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
14123 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
14124 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
14126 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
14127 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
14128 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
14129 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
14134 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
14135 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
14136 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
14137 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
14142 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
14143 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
14144 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
14145 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
14149 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14150 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14151 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
14153 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
14154 HOST_WIDE_INT valv
;
14155 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
14156 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
14157 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump
, l3label
;
14158 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump
, l4label
;
14161 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14162 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
14163 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
14164 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) > 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
))
14167 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14168 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14172 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
)
14174 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
14175 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
14177 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
)
14179 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
14180 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
14181 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14182 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14183 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
14184 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
14185 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv
), mode
, mem_mode
,
14186 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14189 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14190 l4jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14191 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4jump
);
14192 l1label
= mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
14193 ? const1_rtx
: const0_rtx
,
14195 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14196 if (l1label
== NULL
)
14198 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
14199 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14200 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
14201 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
14202 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != CLZ
)
14204 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14205 msb
= GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
14206 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 1));
14208 msb
= immed_double_const (0, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
14209 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
)
14210 - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1), mode
);
14211 if (GET_CODE (msb
) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (msb
) < 0)
14212 tmp
= new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
14213 ? DW_OP_const4u
: HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
14214 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
, INTVAL (msb
), 0);
14216 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (msb
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14217 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14220 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14221 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14222 l3jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14223 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3jump
);
14224 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14225 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14228 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14229 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
14230 ? DW_OP_shl
: DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
14231 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14232 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, 1, 0));
14233 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14234 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14235 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
14236 l3label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14237 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3label
);
14238 l4label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14239 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4label
);
14240 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14241 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
14242 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14243 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
14244 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14245 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l3label
;
14246 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14247 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l4label
;
14251 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
14252 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
14254 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
14255 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
14259 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
14260 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
14263 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14264 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14265 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
14267 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
14268 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
14269 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
14271 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14272 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
14275 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14276 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14280 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14281 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14284 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14285 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14286 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
14287 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
14288 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14289 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
14290 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14291 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
14292 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14293 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14296 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14297 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14298 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == POPCOUNT
14299 ? DW_OP_plus
: DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
14300 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14301 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14302 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14303 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14304 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
14305 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14306 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
14307 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14308 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
14309 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14310 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
14311 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14312 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
14316 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
14318 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
14319 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
14320 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
14321 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
14322 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
14324 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14325 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14326 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
14328 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
14329 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
14330 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
14332 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14333 || BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 8
14334 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 32
14335 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 64))
14338 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14339 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14344 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
14346 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14349 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14350 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14351 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14354 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14355 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0);
14356 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
14357 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
14359 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14360 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14361 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 3, 0));
14362 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14363 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
14364 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode
, mem_mode
,
14365 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14368 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14369 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14370 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0));
14371 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14372 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
14373 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14374 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14375 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14376 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14377 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14378 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq
, 0, 0));
14379 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14380 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
14381 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode
, mem_mode
,
14382 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14383 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14384 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14385 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14386 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14387 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
14388 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14389 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
14390 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14391 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
14392 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14393 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
14394 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14395 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
14399 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
14400 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
14401 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
14402 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
14404 ROTATERT is similar:
14405 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
14406 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
14407 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
14409 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14410 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14411 enum machine_mode mem_mode
)
14413 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14414 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
, mask
[2] = { NULL
, NULL
};
14417 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14420 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1
) != VOIDmode
14421 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1
)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
14422 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
14423 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14424 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14425 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14426 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14427 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14429 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14430 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14432 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14433 mask
[i
] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode
)),
14435 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14436 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14437 mask
[i
] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
14439 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
14440 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
,
14441 GET_MODE_MASK (mode
), 0);
14444 if (mask
[i
] == NULL
)
14446 add_loc_descr (&mask
[i
], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14449 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14450 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14451 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14452 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATERT
)
14454 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
14455 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14456 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
14458 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14459 if (mask
[0] != NULL
)
14460 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[0]);
14461 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
14462 if (mask
[1] != NULL
)
14464 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14465 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[1]);
14466 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14468 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATE
)
14470 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
14471 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14472 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
14474 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
14475 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
14479 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
14480 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
14481 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
14482 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
14484 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
14485 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
14486 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
14487 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
14489 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
14491 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
14492 autoincrement addressing modes.
14494 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
14496 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14497 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14498 enum machine_mode mem_mode
,
14499 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14501 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
14502 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14503 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14505 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14506 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14508 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
14509 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
14510 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
14511 zeroth element of the array. */
14513 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
14515 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (rtl
) && GET_MODE (rtl
) != VOIDmode
)
14518 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14523 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
14526 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14527 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14528 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14529 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14530 contains the given subreg. */
14531 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
14533 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
14534 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
))) == MODE_INT
14535 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14536 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
14537 || (mode
== Pmode
&& mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
)
14540 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14542 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
),
14543 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)),
14544 mem_mode
, initialized
);
14549 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
))))
14551 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)))
14552 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14553 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
))) != MODE_INT
))
14557 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14558 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14560 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
),
14561 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)),
14562 mem_mode
, initialized
);
14563 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
14565 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
14566 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14568 mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
14571 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
14572 != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
))))
14573 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14575 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
, 0, 0);
14576 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14577 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14578 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14579 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
14584 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14585 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14586 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
14587 && (mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14591 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14595 if (REGNO (rtl
) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
14597 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
14598 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14600 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
,
14601 dbx_reg_number (rtl
), 0);
14602 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14603 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14604 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14607 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
14608 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
14609 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
14610 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
14611 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
14612 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
14613 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
14614 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
14615 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
14616 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
14617 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
14618 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
14619 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
14620 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
14621 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14622 else if (stack_realign_drap
14624 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
14625 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
14627 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
14628 out, use DRAP instead. */
14629 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
14630 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14636 gcc_assert (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
);
14637 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
14638 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14641 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
14642 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14643 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14644 < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14645 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
14646 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
14648 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= 4)
14650 enum machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14651 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14652 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14653 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (imode
)));
14654 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14656 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14658 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14659 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14660 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14661 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
14665 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14666 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14667 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14668 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14669 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14671 else if (!dwarf_strict
)
14673 dw_die_ref type_die1
, type_die2
;
14674 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14676 type_die1
= base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
14677 GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
);
14678 if (type_die1
== NULL
)
14680 type_die2
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
14681 if (type_die2
== NULL
)
14683 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14684 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14685 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14686 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die1
;
14687 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14688 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
14689 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14690 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14691 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die2
;
14692 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14693 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
14698 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
14699 get_address_mode (rtl
), mode
,
14700 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14701 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
14702 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
14703 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
14705 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14706 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14708 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14709 dw_loc_descr_ref deref
;
14713 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
14714 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14716 deref
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
,
14717 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
14718 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14719 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14720 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14721 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, deref
);
14723 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14724 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
14726 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14727 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
14728 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
14732 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
14733 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
14734 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
14739 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
14742 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
14743 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
14747 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14748 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14749 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
14750 && (mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14754 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
14755 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
14757 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
14759 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
14760 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14763 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
14764 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
14765 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
14766 temp
= new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4
14767 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
, 0, 0);
14768 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14769 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14770 temp
->dtprel
= true;
14772 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
14773 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
14778 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14782 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14783 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14784 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14785 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14791 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
14792 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14793 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
14799 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
14801 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
14802 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14803 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
14804 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14807 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)),
14808 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14810 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
))
14811 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
14813 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
14814 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14815 if (op0
&& op0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
14819 gcc_unreachable ();
14822 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
, 0, 0);
14823 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14824 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= op0
;
14825 return mem_loc_result
;
14828 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
14829 PLUS code below. */
14830 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14835 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
14837 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
14838 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
14839 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
)
14840 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
)));
14842 /* ... fall through ... */
14846 if (is_based_loc (rtl
)
14847 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14848 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
14849 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
14850 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
14851 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14854 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14855 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14856 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
14859 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14860 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14861 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14864 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
14865 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14866 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14867 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
14869 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
14870 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14871 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14876 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
14877 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
14907 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14908 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14910 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14911 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1
) != VOIDmode
14912 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1
))
14913 < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
14914 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
14915 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
14916 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14919 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14922 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14923 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14924 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14940 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14941 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14942 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14943 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14945 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14948 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14949 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14950 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14954 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
&& !dwarf_strict
)
14956 /* If MODE is wider than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, mem_loc_descriptor
14957 should return signed typed values and therefore DW_OP_mod
14958 won't be unsigned as it defaults for untyped stack values,
14964 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14965 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14966 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14967 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14969 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14972 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14973 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14974 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14975 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14976 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14977 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14978 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14982 if (!dwarf_strict
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
)
14984 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14985 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14987 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 1);
14988 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14990 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14991 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14992 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14993 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14994 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14996 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
14997 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14998 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14999 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15000 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
15001 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
15002 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15003 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15004 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15005 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
15006 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15007 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15008 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15009 mem_loc_result
= convert_descriptor_to_signed (mode
, mem_loc_result
);
15026 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15027 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15032 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15033 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15037 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15038 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15040 && mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
15041 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), ptr_mode
) == INTVAL (rtl
))
15045 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
15049 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15050 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
))
15052 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
15053 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15055 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type
, 0,
15057 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15058 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15059 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15060 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15061 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
15064 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
15065 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
15066 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
15067 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (rtl
));
15075 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15077 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
15078 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
15079 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
15080 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
15081 if (mode
== VOIDmode
15082 || (GET_MODE (rtl
) == VOIDmode
15083 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
))
15085 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0);
15086 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15088 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type
, 0, 0);
15089 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15090 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15091 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15092 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15094 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15095 unsigned char *array
15096 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
15098 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15099 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
15100 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
15101 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
15102 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
15106 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
15107 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
15108 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
15109 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
15115 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15119 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15123 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15127 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15131 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15135 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15139 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15143 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15147 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15151 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
15156 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
)
15161 mem_loc_result
= minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
15166 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
15167 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
15168 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
15169 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
15170 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
))
15171 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
15172 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15173 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15176 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
15177 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15180 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
15184 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15185 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
15186 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
15187 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15188 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15190 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15192 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15193 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15195 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15197 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15199 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15200 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
15201 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15208 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
15209 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15210 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == VOIDmode
15211 ? word_mode
: GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
15212 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15213 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15214 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15215 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
, mem_mode
,
15216 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15217 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
15220 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
15221 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
15222 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
15223 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15224 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
15225 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15226 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15227 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
15228 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15229 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
15234 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
15236 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
15241 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15242 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15244 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
15245 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15248 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) == MODE_INT
15249 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
15250 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15251 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
15253 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
15254 GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
);
15255 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15257 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
15258 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15259 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15260 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15261 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
15263 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FIX
);
15264 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15266 cvt
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert
, 0, 0);
15267 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15268 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15269 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15270 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
15271 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
15272 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FIX
15273 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
15275 op0
= convert_descriptor_to_signed (mode
, op0
);
15279 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15286 mem_loc_result
= clz_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
15291 mem_loc_result
= popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
15295 mem_loc_result
= bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
15300 mem_loc_result
= rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
15305 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
15306 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
15331 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
15332 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
15334 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
15340 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
15344 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
15347 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
15348 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
15353 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15357 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15358 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
15359 gcc_unreachable ();
15365 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
15366 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
15368 return mem_loc_result
;
15371 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
15372 This is typically a complex variable. */
15374 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15375 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
15377 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
15378 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
15379 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15380 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
15381 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15383 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
15386 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
15387 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
15389 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
15390 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
15392 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
15393 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
15395 return cc_loc_result
;
15398 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
15401 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15402 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
15405 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
15406 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
15408 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
15410 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
15411 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
15413 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15417 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
15418 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
15421 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
15422 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
15424 return cc_loc_result
;
15427 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
15428 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
15430 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15431 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
15433 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
15438 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
15439 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
15440 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
15441 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
15442 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
15443 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
15446 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15447 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
15448 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15452 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
15453 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
15458 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
15459 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
15460 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
15461 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
15462 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
15464 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
15465 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
15466 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
15468 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
15470 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15471 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
15472 enum var_init_status initialized
)
15474 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
15476 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15479 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
15480 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
15481 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
15482 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
15483 contains the given subreg. */
15484 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
15485 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
15491 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
15495 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
15496 GET_MODE (rtl
), initialized
);
15497 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
15498 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
15499 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
15501 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15502 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
15503 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
15508 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
15513 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
15518 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
15520 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
15521 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15522 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
15523 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
15527 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15532 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
15533 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
15534 enum machine_mode mode
;
15537 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
15538 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
15539 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
15540 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
15542 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
15543 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
15544 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
15546 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
15548 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
15549 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
15552 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
15553 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
15554 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
15560 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
15561 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
15566 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
15567 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15569 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15571 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
15573 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
15574 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
15575 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
15576 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
15577 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
15578 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
15579 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15581 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15582 unsigned char *array
15583 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
15585 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15586 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
15587 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
15588 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
15589 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
15593 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
15594 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
15595 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
15601 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
15602 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15604 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15606 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15607 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15608 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
15609 ggc_alloc_atomic (length
* elt_size
);
15613 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
15614 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15616 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15617 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15619 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15620 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
15622 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15623 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
15626 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15627 insert_double (val
, p
);
15632 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15633 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15635 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15636 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15641 gcc_unreachable ();
15644 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
15645 length
* elt_size
, 0);
15646 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
15647 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
15648 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
15649 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
15654 if (mode
== VOIDmode
15655 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
15656 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
15657 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
15659 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
15664 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15667 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15668 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15670 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15671 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15672 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15673 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15674 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15678 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
15679 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
15683 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
15684 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
15687 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
15693 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
15694 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15695 && dwarf_version
>= 4)
15696 || (!dwarf_strict
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
))
15698 /* Value expression. */
15699 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
15701 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
15702 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15710 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
15711 address ranges where a given location is valid.
15712 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
15713 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
15714 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
15715 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
15717 static const char *
15718 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
15720 const char *secname
;
15722 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
15724 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
15725 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
15727 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
15729 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
15730 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
15732 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
15733 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
15735 secname
= text_section_label
;
15740 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
15743 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
15745 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
15746 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
15747 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
15750 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
15753 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15754 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
15755 enum var_init_status initialized
)
15757 int have_address
= 0;
15758 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
15759 enum machine_mode mode
;
15761 if (want_address
!= 2)
15763 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
15765 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
15767 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
15768 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15769 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15770 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
15771 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
15773 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15774 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, get_address_mode (varloc
),
15775 mode
, initialized
);
15780 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
15782 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VOIDmode
,
15787 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
15794 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
15795 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
15797 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
15798 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
15805 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
15806 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15808 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15810 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15811 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15814 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15817 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15818 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
15820 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15821 "Want address and only have value");
15825 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15826 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
15828 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15829 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15831 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
15833 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15834 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15837 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15840 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15842 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15848 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
15849 if it is not possible. */
15851 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15852 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
15854 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
15855 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
15856 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
15857 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
15862 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
15863 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
15865 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15866 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
15869 unsigned int padsize
= 0;
15870 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
15871 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
15873 enum var_init_status initialized
;
15875 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
15876 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
15879 decl_size
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1);
15881 descr_tail
= &descr
;
15883 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
15885 unsigned int bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
15886 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
15887 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
15888 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
15889 unsigned int opsize
= 0;
15891 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
15892 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
15894 padsize
+= bitsize
;
15897 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
15898 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
15899 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
15900 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
15902 padsize
+= bitsize
;
15906 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
15907 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
15908 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
15909 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
15910 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
15911 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
15913 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
15917 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
15919 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
15923 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
15925 padsize
+= bitsize
;
15929 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
15930 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
15933 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
15935 decl_size
-= padsize
;
15936 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
15937 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15939 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15942 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
15944 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
15946 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
15949 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
15950 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
15951 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
15953 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
15954 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15955 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15959 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
15960 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
15961 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
15962 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15963 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
15964 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
15969 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
15970 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
15971 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
15973 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
15975 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
15976 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15977 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
15979 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
15980 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
15982 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
15984 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15985 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
15989 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
15990 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15992 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15996 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
15998 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
16000 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
16001 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
16007 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
16008 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
16011 static dw_loc_list_ref
16012 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
16014 const char *endname
, *secname
;
16016 enum var_init_status initialized
;
16017 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
16018 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
16019 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
16020 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
16021 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
16023 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
16024 actually construct the list of locations.
16025 The first location information is what is passed to the
16026 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
16027 locations just get added on to that list.
16028 Note that we only know the start address for a location
16029 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
16030 the range [current location start, next location start].
16031 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
16032 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
16034 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
16036 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
16037 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
16038 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
16040 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16042 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
16043 inside DWARF expressions. */
16044 if (want_address
!= 2)
16046 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
16052 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
16053 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
16054 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
16058 bool range_across_switch
= false;
16059 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
16060 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
16061 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
16062 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
16063 of first partition and second one starting at the
16064 beginning of second partition. */
16065 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
16066 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
)
16067 && current_function_decl
)
16069 endname
= current_fde ()->dw_fde_end
;
16070 range_across_switch
= true;
16072 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
16073 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
16074 else if (node
->next
)
16075 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
16076 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
16077 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
16078 else if (!current_function_decl
)
16079 endname
= text_end_label
;
16082 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
16083 current_function_funcdef_no
);
16084 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
16087 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
16088 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
16090 if (range_across_switch
)
16092 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16093 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
16096 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
16097 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
16098 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
16101 gcc_assert (descr
);
16102 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
16103 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
16105 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
16107 endname
= current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_end
;
16108 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
,
16109 current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_begin
,
16111 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
16116 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
16117 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
16118 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
16119 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
16120 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
16122 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
16128 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
16129 as location description. */
16132 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
16134 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
16135 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
16138 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
16141 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
16143 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
16144 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
16145 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
16148 copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
16149 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
16150 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
16151 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
16153 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
16154 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
16155 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
16158 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
16162 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
16163 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
16164 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
16165 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
16167 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
16168 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
16169 and merging them that will need some additional work.
16170 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
16174 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
16183 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
16185 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
16188 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
16190 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
16194 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
16195 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
16196 " location lists.\n");
16201 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
16202 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
16204 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16205 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
16207 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
16208 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
16210 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
16215 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
16217 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
16218 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
16220 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
16222 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16223 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
16226 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
16227 GET_MODE (rtl
), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16230 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
16231 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
16232 into simple arithmetics. */
16234 static dw_loc_list_ref
16235 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
16238 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
16239 enum machine_mode mode
;
16241 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
16242 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
16244 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
16245 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
16246 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
16248 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
16250 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
16253 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
16255 expansion_failed (obj
,
16256 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
16259 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
16260 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
16262 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16263 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16265 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
16270 /* Variable offset. */
16271 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
16272 if (list_ret1
== 0)
16274 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
16277 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
16278 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
16280 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16282 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
16283 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
16285 else if (bytepos
< 0)
16286 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
16287 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
16288 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16294 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
16295 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
16296 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
16297 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
16298 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
16299 to refer to register values). */
16301 static dw_loc_list_ref
16302 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
16304 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
16305 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
16306 int have_address
= 0;
16307 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16309 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
16310 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
16313 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
16316 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
16319 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
16320 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
16321 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
16322 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
16323 the names of types. */
16324 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
16328 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
16329 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
16332 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
16333 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
16334 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
16335 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
16336 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
16337 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
16341 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
16342 e.g. for &this->field. */
16345 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
16346 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
16349 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
16350 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
16353 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
16354 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
16355 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
16359 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
16365 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
16368 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
16369 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
16370 bool dtprel
= false;
16372 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
16374 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
16376 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
16379 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
16380 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
16381 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
16382 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
16383 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
16384 operand shouldn't be. */
16385 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
16387 first_op
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
;
16389 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
16393 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
16394 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
16396 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
16397 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
16398 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
16399 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
16400 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
16401 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
16402 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
16405 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
16406 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
16411 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16412 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
16415 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
16416 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16417 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16418 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
16420 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
16421 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
16430 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
16431 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
16435 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
16438 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
16440 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
16442 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
16443 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
16446 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
16447 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
16449 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
16452 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
16454 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
16455 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
16456 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
16457 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
16459 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16461 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
16464 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16466 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
16467 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16468 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16472 enum machine_mode mode
, mem_mode
;
16474 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
16475 if (want_address
== 2)
16477 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
16478 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16483 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16484 mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
16488 mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
16489 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16492 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
16493 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16496 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
16497 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
16504 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
16508 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
16512 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
16513 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
16516 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16519 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
16521 case COMPONENT_REF
:
16522 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
16524 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
16525 case REALPART_EXPR
:
16526 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
16529 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
16530 enum machine_mode mode
;
16532 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
16534 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
16535 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
16537 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
16539 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
16541 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
16542 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
16543 for nonzero bitpos. */
16546 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
16548 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16549 "bitfield access");
16553 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
16555 /* Variable offset. */
16556 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
16557 if (list_ret1
== 0)
16559 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
16562 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
16565 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16567 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
16568 else if (bytepos
< 0)
16569 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
16576 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
16577 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
16579 else if (want_address
== 2
16580 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
16581 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
16582 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
16583 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
16585 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
16586 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
16589 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16590 "Integer operand is not host integer");
16599 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
16602 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
16603 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16604 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
16607 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
16608 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
16613 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
16618 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
16619 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
16624 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
16625 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
16626 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
16627 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
16628 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
16637 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
16638 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
16639 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
16640 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
16641 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
16646 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
16647 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
16648 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
16651 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
16654 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
16655 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
16656 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
16657 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
16658 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
16670 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
16673 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
16675 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
16677 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
16681 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
16689 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
16696 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
16703 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
16710 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
16725 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
16726 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
16727 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
16730 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
16733 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16736 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
16750 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
16754 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16760 const enum tree_code code
=
16761 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
16763 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
16764 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
16765 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
16766 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
16769 /* ... fall through ... */
16773 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
16774 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
16775 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
16776 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
16777 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
16779 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
16780 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
16783 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
16784 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
16786 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
16787 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
16788 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
16790 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
16791 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
16792 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
16794 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
16795 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
16796 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
16797 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
16798 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
16802 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
16806 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
16807 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
16808 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
16809 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
16811 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16812 "language specific tree node");
16816 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
16817 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
16818 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
16819 gcc_unreachable ();
16821 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
16822 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
16827 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
16830 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
16831 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16833 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16835 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16836 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16840 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16842 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
16843 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16846 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
16847 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
16849 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16850 "Want address and only have value");
16854 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
16856 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
16857 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
16859 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
16861 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
16863 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16864 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16867 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16870 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
16873 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
16875 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
16878 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
16883 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
16884 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16885 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
16887 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
16890 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
16892 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16893 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
16899 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
16900 which is not less than the value itself. */
16902 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
16903 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
16905 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
16908 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
16909 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
16910 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
16911 ERROR_MARK node. */
16914 field_type (const_tree decl
)
16918 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16919 return integer_type_node
;
16921 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16922 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
16923 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16928 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
16929 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
16930 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
16932 static inline unsigned
16933 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
16935 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
16938 static inline unsigned
16939 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
16941 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
16944 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
16946 static inline double_int
16947 round_up_to_align (double_int t
, unsigned int align
)
16949 double_int alignd
= uhwi_to_double_int (align
);
16950 t
= double_int_add (t
, alignd
);
16951 t
= double_int_add (t
, double_int_minus_one
);
16952 t
= double_int_div (t
, alignd
, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
);
16953 t
= double_int_mul (t
, alignd
);
16957 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
16958 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
16959 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
16960 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
16961 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
16964 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16965 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
16967 double_int object_offset_in_bits
;
16968 double_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
16969 double_int bitpos_int
;
16971 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16974 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16976 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
16977 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
16978 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
16979 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
16982 bitpos_int
= tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl
));
16984 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
16985 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
16988 tree field_size_tree
;
16989 double_int deepest_bitpos
;
16990 double_int field_size_in_bits
;
16991 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
16992 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
16993 double_int type_size_in_bits
;
16995 type
= field_type (decl
);
16996 type_size_in_bits
= double_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16997 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
16999 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
17001 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
17002 a flexible array member. */
17003 if (!field_size_tree
)
17004 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
17006 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
17007 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
17008 field_size_in_bits
= tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree
);
17010 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
17012 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
17014 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
17015 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
17016 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
17017 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
17018 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
17019 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
17020 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
17021 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
17022 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
17024 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
17026 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
17027 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
17028 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
17029 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
17030 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
17031 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
17032 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
17033 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
17034 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
17035 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
17036 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
17038 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
17039 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
17040 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
17041 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
17042 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
17043 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
17044 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
17045 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
17046 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
17047 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
17050 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
17051 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
17052 must have believed that the containing object started (within
17053 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
17054 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
17055 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
17056 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
17058 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
17059 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
17060 deepest_bitpos
= double_int_add (bitpos_int
, field_size_in_bits
);
17062 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
17063 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
17065 object_offset_in_bits
17066 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
17068 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
17070 object_offset_in_bits
17071 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
17073 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
) > 0)
17075 object_offset_in_bits
17076 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
17078 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
17079 object_offset_in_bits
17080 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
17084 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
17085 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
17087 object_offset_in_bytes
17088 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits
,
17089 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT
), true,
17091 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes
);
17094 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
17095 associated with them. */
17097 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
17099 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
17100 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
17101 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
17104 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
17105 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
17109 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
17110 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
17112 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
17115 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
17118 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17120 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
17121 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
17122 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
17123 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17124 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17125 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17127 if (dwarf_version
== 2
17128 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
17129 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
17130 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17132 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
17134 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
17135 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
17138 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
17139 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
17140 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
17141 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
17142 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
17143 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
17146 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17147 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17148 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17149 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
17150 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
17151 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
17152 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
17153 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
17154 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
17155 function below.) */
17158 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17160 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
17161 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
17163 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
17165 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
17166 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
17168 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
17169 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
17170 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
17171 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
17173 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
17175 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
17177 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
17179 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
17180 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
17181 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
17183 /* Extract the vtable address. */
17184 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
17185 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
17187 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
17188 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
17189 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
17191 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
17192 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
17193 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
17194 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
17196 /* Extract the offset. */
17197 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
17198 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
17200 /* Add it to the object address. */
17201 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
17202 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
17205 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
17208 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
17212 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
17214 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
17216 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
17218 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
17223 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17225 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
17226 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
17227 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
17229 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17230 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
17231 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
17235 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
17238 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
17242 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
17245 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
17248 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
17252 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
17258 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
17260 static HOST_WIDE_INT
17261 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
17263 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
17269 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
17275 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
17278 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
17280 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
17281 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
17283 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17289 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
17290 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
17293 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
17296 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
17298 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
17302 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
17303 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
17305 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
17306 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
17308 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
17313 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
17314 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
17315 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
17316 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
17317 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
17320 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
17322 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
17326 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
17329 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
17331 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
17336 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
17337 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
17338 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
17341 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
17343 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
17345 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
17346 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
17348 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
17349 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
17352 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17353 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
17359 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
17360 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
17361 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
17362 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
17363 (length
* elt_size
);
17367 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
17369 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
17370 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
17372 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
17373 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
17375 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
17376 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
17379 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
17380 insert_double (val
, p
);
17385 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
17386 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
17388 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
17389 insert_float (elt
, p
);
17394 gcc_unreachable ();
17397 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
17402 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
17404 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
17405 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
17407 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
17408 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
17409 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
17410 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
17411 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
17412 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
17418 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
17419 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
17422 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
17425 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
17430 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
17431 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
17432 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
17433 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
17434 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
17435 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
17436 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
17437 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
17438 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
17439 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
17440 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
17448 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
17449 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
17450 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
17452 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
17458 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
17459 gcc_unreachable ();
17464 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
17465 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
17468 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
17469 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17471 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
17472 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
17474 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
17475 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
17477 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
17478 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
17479 be conservative. */
17480 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
17481 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
17483 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
17485 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (*tp
);
17486 if (!node
|| !node
->needed
)
17489 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
17490 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
17492 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
17493 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
17494 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
17495 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
17496 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
17499 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
17505 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
17506 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
17509 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
17511 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
17515 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
17516 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
17517 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17519 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17520 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
17521 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
17523 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
17525 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
17526 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
17527 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
17528 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
17529 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
17531 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
17532 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
17533 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
17534 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
17537 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
17539 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
17540 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
17541 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
17542 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
17544 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
17545 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
17546 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
17547 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
17549 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
17550 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
17551 reference variables which won't be output. */
17552 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
17553 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
17555 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
17557 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17558 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
17563 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
17565 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
17566 bool constant_p
= true;
17568 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
17570 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
17571 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
17572 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
17573 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
17574 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
17576 constant_p
= false;
17582 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
17592 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
17594 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
17595 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
17601 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
17604 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
17608 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
17609 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
17610 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
17612 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
17613 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
17614 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
17615 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
17616 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
17617 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
17618 referenced within the function.
17620 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
17621 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
17622 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
17623 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
17625 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
17626 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
17627 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
17628 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
17629 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
17630 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
17632 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
17633 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
17634 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
17635 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
17636 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
17637 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
17638 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
17639 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
17640 output at debug-time.
17642 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
17643 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
17644 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
17645 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
17646 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
17647 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
17648 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
17649 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
17650 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
17651 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
17652 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
17653 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
17654 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
17656 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
17657 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
17658 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
17659 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
17660 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
17661 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
17662 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
17663 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
17664 I'd like to fix it.
17666 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
17667 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
17668 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
17669 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
17670 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
17671 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
17672 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
17673 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
17674 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
17675 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
17676 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
17678 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
17679 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
17681 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
17682 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
17683 fixed registers. */
17684 if (! reload_completed
)
17687 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
17689 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
17691 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
17692 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
17694 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
17699 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
17701 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
17702 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
17704 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
17705 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
17706 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
17707 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
17709 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
17710 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
17711 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
17712 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
17714 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
17715 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
17716 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
17717 if (dmode
== pmode
)
17718 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
17719 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
17720 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
17721 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
17722 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
17724 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
17727 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
17729 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17730 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
17731 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
17732 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
17739 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
17740 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
17741 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
17742 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
17743 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
17744 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
17746 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
17747 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
17748 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
17749 /* Not passed in memory. */
17750 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
17751 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
17752 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
17753 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
17754 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
17755 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
17756 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
17759 /* Big endian correction check. */
17760 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17761 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
17762 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
17765 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
17766 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
17768 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17769 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
17772 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
17775 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
17776 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17778 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
17779 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
17781 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
17782 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
17783 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
17784 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
17785 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
17786 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
17788 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17789 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
17792 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
17793 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
17794 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
17795 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
17796 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17799 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
17801 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
17802 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
17803 code, and thus is not emitted. */
17805 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
17807 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
17808 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
17810 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
17811 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
17812 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
17813 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
17814 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
17815 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
17816 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
17818 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
17820 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
17821 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
17828 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
17829 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
17830 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
17833 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
17835 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
17836 enum machine_mode mode
;
17837 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
17839 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
17841 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
17842 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
17843 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
17844 be handled as such. */
17845 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
17846 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
17847 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
17851 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
17852 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
17855 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
17856 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
17858 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
17859 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
17860 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
17861 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
17865 if (offset
!= NULL
)
17867 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
17869 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
17872 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17877 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
17878 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
17879 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
17880 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
17881 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
17882 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
17883 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
17884 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
17885 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
17886 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
17888 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
17889 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
17890 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
17891 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
17894 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
,
17895 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
17898 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
17899 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
17900 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
17903 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
17906 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
17907 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
17909 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
17912 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
17913 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
17914 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
17917 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
17918 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
17919 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
17920 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
17923 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
17924 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
17925 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
17926 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
17928 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
17930 node
= loc_list
->first
;
17931 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
17932 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17933 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
17934 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
17935 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
17938 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
17939 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
17941 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
17945 cache
= (cached_dw_loc_list
*)
17946 htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
17948 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
17952 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
17953 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
17954 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
17955 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
17957 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table
, decl
,
17958 DECL_UID (decl
), INSERT
);
17959 cache
= ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
17960 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
17961 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
17967 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
17970 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
17971 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
17972 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
17975 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
17978 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
17980 deferred_locations entry
;
17981 entry
.variable
= variable
;
17983 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
17986 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
17987 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
17990 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
17994 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
17998 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
18001 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
18002 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
18004 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18005 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
18007 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
18009 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
18011 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
18013 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
18014 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
18015 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
18016 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
18019 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
18024 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
18025 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
18027 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
18029 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
18030 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
18031 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
18032 constructor_elt
*ce
;
18034 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
18035 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
18038 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
18039 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
18042 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
18043 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
18044 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
18046 tree val
= ce
->value
;
18047 tree index
= ce
->index
;
18049 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
18050 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
18053 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
18058 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
18061 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
18062 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
18064 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
18065 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
18069 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
18070 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
18073 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
18077 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18078 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
18080 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
18081 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
18082 constructor_elt
*ce
;
18084 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
18087 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18088 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
18090 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
18092 tree val
= ce
->value
;
18093 int pos
, fieldsize
;
18095 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
18101 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
18104 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
18105 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
18106 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
18108 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
18109 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
18111 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
18112 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
18113 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
18115 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
18121 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
18122 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
18123 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
18125 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
18129 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
18130 attribute is the const value T. */
18133 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
18136 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
18139 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
18143 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
18145 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
18147 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
18148 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
18149 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
18150 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
18152 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
18153 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
18155 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
18156 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size
);
18158 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
18160 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
18168 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
18169 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
18170 variable with static storage duration
18171 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
18174 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
18178 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
18179 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
18180 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
18181 && !TREE_STATIC (decl
)))
18184 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
18185 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
18186 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
18191 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
18192 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
18195 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
18198 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
18199 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
18200 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
18201 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
18204 static dw_loc_list_ref
18205 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
18209 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
18211 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
18212 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
18213 dw_cfa_location remember
;
18215 fde
= current_fde ();
18216 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
18218 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
18222 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
18223 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
18224 remember
= next_cfa
;
18226 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
18228 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
18229 advance opcodes. */
18230 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, cie_cfi_vec
, ix
, cfi
)
18231 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
18233 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
18234 last_label
= start_label
;
18236 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
== 0)
18238 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
18239 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
18240 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
18241 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
18242 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
18243 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
18246 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref
, fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
18248 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
18250 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
18251 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
18252 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
18253 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
18254 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
18256 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
18257 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
18259 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
18260 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
18261 start_label
= last_label
;
18263 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
18266 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
18267 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
18268 gcc_unreachable ();
18271 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
18274 if (ix
+ 1 == fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
)
18276 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
18278 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
18279 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
18281 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
18282 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
18283 start_label
= last_label
;
18285 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
18286 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
18287 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
18288 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
18292 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
18294 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
18295 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
18296 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
18297 start_label
= last_label
;
18300 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
18302 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
18303 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
,
18306 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
18312 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
18313 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
18314 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
18315 before the latter is negated. */
18318 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
18322 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
18323 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
18324 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
18326 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
18327 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
18330 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
18331 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
18333 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
18334 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
18337 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
18338 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
18339 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
18340 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
18341 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
18342 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
18344 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
18347 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
18348 the value of the attribute. */
18351 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
18353 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
18355 if (demangle_name_func
)
18356 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
18358 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
18362 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
18363 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
18364 of TYPE accordingly.
18366 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
18367 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
18370 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree type
,
18371 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18374 dw_die_ref dtype_die
;
18376 if (!lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type
)
18379 dtype
= lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type (type
);
18383 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
18386 gen_type_die (dtype
, context_die
);
18387 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
18388 gcc_assert (dtype_die
);
18391 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
, dtype_die
);
18394 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
18397 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
18399 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
18405 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
18409 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
18410 wd1
= (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen
+ 2);
18412 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
18413 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
18417 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
18420 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
18424 lower_bound_default (void)
18426 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
18431 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
18433 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
18436 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
18437 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
18438 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
18442 case DW_LANG_Python
:
18443 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
18444 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
18445 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
18446 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
18447 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
18448 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
18449 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
18451 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
18457 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
18458 a representation for that bound. */
18461 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
18463 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
18468 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
18471 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
18474 /* Use the default if possible. */
18475 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
18476 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
18477 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18478 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
18481 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
18482 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
18483 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
18484 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
18486 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
18487 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
18488 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
18489 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
18491 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
18492 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
18493 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
18494 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
18496 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
18497 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
18502 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
18503 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
18513 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
18515 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
18516 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
18517 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
18518 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
18519 later parameter. */
18520 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
18522 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
18530 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
18531 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
18533 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
18534 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
18536 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
18537 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
18539 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
18540 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
18541 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
18542 If that fails to give a single element list,
18543 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
18544 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
18545 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
18547 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
18554 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
18555 ctx
= comp_unit_die ();
18557 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
18559 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
18560 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18561 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
18562 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
18563 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
18569 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
18570 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
18571 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
18572 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
18575 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
18577 unsigned dimension_number
;
18579 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
18581 for (dimension_number
= 0;
18582 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
18583 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
18585 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
18587 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
18590 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
18591 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
18593 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
18596 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
18597 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
18598 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
18600 /* Define the index type. */
18601 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
18603 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
18604 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
18605 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
18606 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
18607 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
18608 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
18609 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
18612 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
18616 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
18617 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
18619 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
18620 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
18621 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
18623 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
18625 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
18628 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
18629 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
18635 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
18639 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
18644 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
18647 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
18648 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
18651 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
18652 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
18653 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
18654 even for bit-fields. */
18655 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
18658 gcc_unreachable ();
18661 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
18662 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
18663 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
18664 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
18665 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18668 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
18669 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
18670 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
18673 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
18674 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
18675 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
18676 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
18677 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
18678 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
18680 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
18681 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
18682 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
18685 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
18687 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
18688 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
18689 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
18690 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
18691 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
18692 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
18694 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
18695 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
18697 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
18698 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
18699 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
18700 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
18701 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
18704 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
18706 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
18707 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
18708 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
18709 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
18710 below must take account of these differences. */
18711 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
18712 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
18714 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
18716 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
18717 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
18721 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
18722 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
18723 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
18725 if (bit_offset
< 0)
18726 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
18728 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
18731 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
18732 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
18735 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
18737 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
18738 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
18739 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
18741 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
18742 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
18745 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
18746 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
18749 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
18751 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
18752 && prototype_p (func_type
))
18753 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
18756 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
18757 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
18760 static inline dw_die_ref
18761 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
18763 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
18765 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
18767 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
18768 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
18769 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
18771 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
18772 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
18776 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
18778 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
18780 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
18783 if (DECL_P (origin
))
18784 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
18785 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
18786 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
18788 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
18789 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
18790 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
18791 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
18792 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
18793 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
18794 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
18798 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
18802 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
18805 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
18807 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
18809 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18811 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
18812 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
18813 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
18814 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
18817 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
18818 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18819 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
18820 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18821 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
18825 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
18826 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
18827 standardized it. */
18830 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
18832 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
18834 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
18835 if (name
[0] == '*')
18838 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
18839 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
18841 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
18844 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
18847 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
18849 expanded_location s
;
18851 if (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
18853 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18854 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18855 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18858 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
18861 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
18863 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
18864 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
18865 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
18866 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
18867 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
18869 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
18870 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
18872 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
18874 asm_name
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
18875 asm_name
->die
= die
;
18876 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
18877 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
18878 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
18880 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
18881 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
18885 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
18886 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
18889 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
18893 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
18894 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
18896 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
18898 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
18899 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18900 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
18902 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
18905 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18906 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18907 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18908 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18910 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
18911 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
18912 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
18914 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
18917 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18918 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
18921 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
18923 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18926 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
18927 die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
18928 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
18929 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
18930 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
18931 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18932 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18934 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
18935 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
18936 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
18938 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
18939 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
18943 die
->die_sib
= die
;
18944 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
18947 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
18949 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
18952 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
18954 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
18957 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
18960 pop_decl_scope (void)
18962 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
18965 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
18966 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
18967 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
18968 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
18969 the current active scope. */
18972 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18974 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
18975 tree containing_scope
;
18978 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
18979 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
18981 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
18983 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
18984 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
18986 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
18989 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
18992 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
18993 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
18994 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
18995 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
18996 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
18998 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
18999 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
19000 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
19002 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
19003 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
19004 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
19005 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
19006 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
19011 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19012 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
19013 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
19014 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
19015 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
19017 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
19018 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
19019 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
19022 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
19025 scope_die
= context_die
;
19030 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
19033 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
19035 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
19036 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
19037 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
19043 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
19046 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
19048 return (context_die
19049 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
19050 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
19051 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
19052 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
19055 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
19056 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
19059 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
19061 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
19062 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
19065 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
19066 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
19067 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
19070 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
19071 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19073 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
19074 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
19076 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
19077 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
19078 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
19079 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
19080 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
19081 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
19082 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
19084 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
19085 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
19086 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
19087 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
19088 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
19091 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
19092 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19093 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
19096 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
19097 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
19100 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
19101 function call type. */
19103 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
19105 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
19107 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
19108 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
19111 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
19113 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
19114 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
19115 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
19116 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
19117 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
19118 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
19119 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
19120 value
= DW_CC_program
;
19122 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19123 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
19126 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
19127 is not DW_CC_normal. */
19128 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
19129 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
19132 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
19133 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
19134 was declared without a tag. */
19136 static const char *
19137 type_tag (const_tree type
)
19139 const char *name
= 0;
19141 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
19145 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
19146 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
19147 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
19148 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
19150 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
19151 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
19153 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
19154 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
19156 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
19157 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
19158 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
19159 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
19160 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
19161 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
19162 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
19165 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
19166 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
19167 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
19170 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
19173 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
19174 for bit field types. */
19177 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
19179 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
19180 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
19183 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
19184 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
19187 static const char *
19188 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
19191 const char *fnname
;
19193 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
19194 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
19197 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
19199 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
19204 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
19205 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
19206 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
19209 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19211 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19212 dw_die_ref array_die
;
19214 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
19215 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
19216 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
19217 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
19218 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
19219 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
19220 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
19221 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
19222 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
19224 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
19227 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
19228 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
19229 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
19230 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
19232 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
19234 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
19236 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19237 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
19238 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
19239 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
19241 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
19242 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
19243 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
19244 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
19246 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
19247 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
19249 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
19250 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
19252 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
19253 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
19254 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
19260 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
19261 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
19262 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
19263 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
19266 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19267 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
19268 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
19271 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19272 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
19273 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
19274 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
19276 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
19277 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
19279 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
19281 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
19282 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
19283 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
19284 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
19287 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
19288 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
19289 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
19290 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
19291 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
19292 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
19293 for multidimensional arrays. */
19294 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
19297 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19298 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
19299 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
19300 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
19301 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
19302 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19305 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
19307 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
19308 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
19309 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
);
19310 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
19311 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1));
19314 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
19316 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
19317 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
19318 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
19319 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
19320 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
19322 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
19324 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
19327 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19328 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
19331 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
19333 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19334 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
19337 static dw_loc_descr_ref
19338 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
19340 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
19341 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
19342 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
19344 if (val
== base_decl
)
19345 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
19347 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
19350 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
19352 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
19354 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
19355 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
19358 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
19361 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
19364 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
19365 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
19367 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
19369 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
19371 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
19372 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
19375 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
19378 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
19384 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
19387 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
19390 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
19391 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
19413 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
19414 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
19416 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
19418 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
19420 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
19424 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
19428 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
19431 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
19432 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
19435 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
19436 dw_die_ref context_die
)
19438 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19439 dw_die_ref array_die
;
19442 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19443 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
19444 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
19446 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
19448 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
19449 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
19451 if (info
->data_location
)
19452 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
19454 if (info
->associated
)
19455 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
19457 if (info
->allocated
)
19458 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
19461 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
19463 dw_die_ref subrange_die
19464 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
19466 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
19468 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
19471 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
19472 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
19473 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
19476 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
19477 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
19480 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
19481 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
19482 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
19484 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
19485 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
19486 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
19490 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
19491 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
19493 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19494 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
19499 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19501 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19502 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
19504 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19505 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
19508 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
19509 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19510 0, 0, context_die
);
19513 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19514 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
19516 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
19520 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
19521 emit full debugging info for them. */
19524 retry_incomplete_types (void)
19528 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
19529 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
19530 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19531 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die ());
19534 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
19536 static enum dwarf_tag
19537 record_type_tag (tree type
)
19539 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
19540 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
19542 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
19544 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
19545 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
19547 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
19548 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
19550 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
19551 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19552 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
19553 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
19556 gcc_unreachable ();
19560 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
19561 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
19562 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
19566 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19568 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19570 if (type_die
== NULL
)
19572 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
19573 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19574 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
19575 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
19576 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
19577 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19579 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
19580 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
19581 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
19582 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19585 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
19588 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19590 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
19591 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
19592 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
19593 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
19597 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19598 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
19599 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
19601 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
19602 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
19605 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19606 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19607 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19608 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
19610 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
19611 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
19613 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
19614 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
19616 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
19617 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
19619 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
19620 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
19622 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
19623 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
19624 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
19625 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
19626 values as if they were signed. That means that
19627 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
19628 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
19629 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
19630 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
19634 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19636 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19637 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
19642 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
19643 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
19646 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
19647 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
19648 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
19649 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
19650 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
19651 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
19652 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
19653 argument type of some subprogram type.
19654 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
19658 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
19659 dw_die_ref context_die
)
19661 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
19662 tree ultimate_origin
;
19663 dw_die_ref parm_die
19664 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
19666 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
19668 case tcc_declaration
:
19669 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
19670 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
19671 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19672 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19673 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
19674 else if (emit_name_p
)
19675 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
19677 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
)
19678 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
19679 decl_function_context
19680 (node_or_origin
))))
19682 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
19683 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
19684 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
19687 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
19688 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin
),
19689 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin
),
19692 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
19693 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19695 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
19696 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
19697 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
19698 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
19699 node
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
19704 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
19705 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
19709 gcc_unreachable ();
19715 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
19716 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
19719 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
19720 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
19721 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
19722 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
19723 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
19724 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
19727 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
19729 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
19733 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
19735 gcc_assert (parm_pack
19736 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
19739 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
19740 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
19742 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
19744 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
19747 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
19748 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
19753 return parm_pack_die
;
19756 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
19757 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
19760 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19762 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
19765 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
19766 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
19767 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
19768 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
19771 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19774 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
19775 tree first_parm_type
;
19778 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19780 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
19781 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
19786 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
19788 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
19789 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
19790 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
19792 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
19794 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
19795 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
19798 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
19799 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
19800 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19802 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
19803 && link
== first_parm_type
)
19805 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19806 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19807 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
19809 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
19810 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19812 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
19814 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
19817 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
19818 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
19819 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
19820 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
19822 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
19823 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
19824 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
19825 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
19826 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
19827 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
19830 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
19831 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
19832 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
19833 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
19834 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
19837 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19839 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19841 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19842 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
19843 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
19844 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
19845 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
19847 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19848 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
19850 push_decl_scope (type
);
19851 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
19852 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19853 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
19854 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19856 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
19857 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
19858 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
19859 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
19860 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19862 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
19863 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
19867 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
19873 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
19874 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
19877 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
19879 dw_die_ref old_die
;
19883 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
19884 htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
19885 int old_call_site_count
, old_tail_call_site_count
;
19886 struct call_arg_loc_node
*old_call_arg_locations
;
19888 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
19889 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
19891 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19892 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19893 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
19896 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
19897 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
19898 get locations in abstract instantces. */
19899 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
19900 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
19901 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
19902 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
19903 old_call_arg_locations
= call_arg_locations
;
19904 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
19905 old_call_site_count
= call_site_count
;
19906 call_site_count
= -1;
19907 old_tail_call_site_count
= tail_call_site_count
;
19908 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
19910 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
19911 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
19912 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19914 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19916 gen_type_die_for_member
19917 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die ());
19920 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
19921 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19922 current_function_decl
= decl
;
19923 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
19925 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
19926 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
19927 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19928 if (! was_abstract
)
19929 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
19931 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19932 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
19933 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
19934 call_arg_locations
= old_call_arg_locations
;
19935 call_site_count
= old_call_site_count
;
19936 tail_call_site_count
= old_tail_call_site_count
;
19940 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
19943 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
19944 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
19947 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
19952 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
19953 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19955 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
19959 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
19960 through htab_traverse.
19962 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
19963 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
19964 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
19967 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
19968 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
19970 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
19973 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
19974 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
19975 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
19976 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
19979 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
19980 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
19981 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (entry
->var_decl
);
19982 if (node
&& node
->needed
)
19984 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
19985 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
19986 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
19987 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
19993 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
19996 premark_used_types (void)
19998 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
19999 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
20002 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
20005 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
20007 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
20008 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
20009 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
20012 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
20013 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
20016 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
20017 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
20019 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
20020 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
20023 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
20024 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
20026 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) > BLOCK_NUMBER (block
))
20027 stmt_die
= VEC_index (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (block
));
20030 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
20032 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
20033 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
20034 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
, stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
20035 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, ca_loc
->label
);
20036 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
20037 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
, 1);
20038 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
20040 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
20042 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, tdie
);
20044 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, ca_loc
->symbol_ref
);
20049 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
20053 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20055 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20056 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
20058 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20059 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
20060 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
20062 premark_used_types ();
20064 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
20065 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
20066 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
20067 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
20068 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
20070 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
20071 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
20074 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
20077 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
20078 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
20079 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
20080 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20081 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
20082 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20083 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
20085 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20087 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
20089 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
20090 inline function. */
20091 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20092 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
20094 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
20095 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
20096 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
20097 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
20098 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
20099 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
20101 add_linkage_name (subr_die
, decl
);
20105 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
20106 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
20108 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20109 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
20110 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
20111 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
20112 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
20114 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
20115 something we have already output. */
20119 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
20120 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
20121 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
20122 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
20123 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
20124 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
20125 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
20126 if ((is_cu_die (old_die
->die_parent
) || context_die
== NULL
)
20127 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20128 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
20129 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
20130 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
20132 subr_die
= old_die
;
20134 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
20135 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
20136 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
20137 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
20138 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
20139 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20140 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
20141 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
20145 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
20146 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
20147 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
20148 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
20149 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
20150 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
20155 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
20157 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
20158 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
20160 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
20161 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20163 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20164 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20165 0, 0, context_die
);
20168 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
20169 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20170 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20172 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
20177 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
20179 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20181 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
20182 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
20183 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
20184 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20185 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
20187 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
20188 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
20189 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
20190 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
20192 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
20193 later reused to represent definition. */
20194 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
20197 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
20199 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
20201 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
20202 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
20204 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
20208 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
20209 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
20211 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
20214 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
20215 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
20216 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20218 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
20220 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20222 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
20224 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
20225 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
20227 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20229 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
20230 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
20232 /* We have already generated the labels. */
20233 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
20234 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
20238 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
20239 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
20240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
20241 current_function_funcdef_no
);
20242 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
20243 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
20244 current_function_funcdef_no
);
20245 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
20248 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
20249 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
20250 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
20251 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
20252 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
20253 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
20254 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
20255 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
20256 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
20257 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
20258 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
20259 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
20262 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
20263 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
20264 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
20266 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
20267 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
20268 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
20272 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
20275 { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code
20277 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
20279 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
20281 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20283 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
20284 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
20285 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
20286 alignment offset. */
20287 bool range_list_added
= false;
20288 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
20289 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
20290 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
20291 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
20292 &range_list_added
);
20293 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
20294 if (range_list_added
)
20299 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
20300 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
20301 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
20302 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
20303 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
20304 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
20305 sections when given "b foo". */
20306 const char *name
= NULL
;
20307 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
20308 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
20310 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
20311 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
20312 fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
20313 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
20316 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
20318 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
20319 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
20320 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
20322 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
20323 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
20325 if (decl_name
!= NULL
20326 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
20328 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
20329 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20330 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
20332 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
20334 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
20335 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
20336 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20337 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20339 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
20340 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
20341 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
);
20342 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
20343 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
);
20344 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
20345 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
20350 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
20351 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
20352 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
20356 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
20357 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
20358 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
20361 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
20363 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
20364 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
20365 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
20366 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
20367 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
20368 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
20369 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
20371 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
20373 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
20374 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
20378 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
20379 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
20380 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
20382 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
20385 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
20386 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
20387 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
20388 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
20389 by this displacement. */
20390 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
20392 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
20393 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
20394 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
20397 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
20398 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20399 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
20401 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
20402 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
20403 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
20404 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
20405 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
20406 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
20407 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
20408 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
20409 an ellipsis at the end. */
20411 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
20412 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
20413 its formal parameters. */
20414 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20416 else if (declaration
)
20417 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
20420 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
20421 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
20422 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
20423 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
20424 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
20427 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
20428 emit their relevant DIEs.
20430 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
20431 as well as it being a normal function.
20433 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
20434 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
20435 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
20436 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
20437 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
20438 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
20439 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
20440 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
20441 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
20444 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
20445 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
20447 if (generic_decl_parm
20448 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
20449 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
20454 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
20456 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
20457 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
20459 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20460 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
20462 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
20465 if (generic_decl_parm
)
20466 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
20469 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
20470 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
20471 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
20472 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
20473 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
20474 parameters at all. */
20475 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
20477 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
20478 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
20479 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
20481 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
20482 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
20485 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
20486 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
20487 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
20489 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
20490 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
20491 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
20492 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
20493 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
20494 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
20495 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
20497 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
20498 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
20499 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
20500 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
20501 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
20502 constructor function. */
20503 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
20505 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
20506 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
20508 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
20509 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
20510 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
20512 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
20513 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
20515 if (call_arg_locations
&& !dwarf_strict
)
20517 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
20518 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
20520 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
20521 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
20524 for (arg
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
);
20525 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
20527 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
20528 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
20531 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
20532 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
20534 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
20535 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
20536 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
20537 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
20538 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
20539 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
20541 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
20542 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
20543 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
20545 if (mode
== VOIDmode
|| mode
== BLKmode
)
20547 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
20549 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
20550 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
20553 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
20554 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
20556 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
20557 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
20560 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
20561 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
20562 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
20563 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
20565 rtx mem
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0);
20566 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem
, 0),
20567 get_address_mode (mem
),
20569 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
20575 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), mode
,
20577 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
20581 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
20582 cdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
, die
,
20584 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
20585 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
, val
);
20586 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
20588 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 1));
20589 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
20590 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 0));
20591 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
20594 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
20596 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
, val
);
20600 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
20601 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
20602 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
20604 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
20606 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
20607 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
,
20608 GET_MODE (tloc
) == VOIDmode
20609 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tloc
),
20611 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
20613 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
, tval
);
20614 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
20616 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
,
20617 GET_MODE (tlocc
) == VOIDmode
20618 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tlocc
),
20620 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
20622 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
,
20628 call_site_note_count
++;
20629 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
20630 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
20634 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
20635 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
20636 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
20637 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
20640 if (call_site_count
>= 0
20641 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
20642 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
, 1);
20644 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
, 1);
20646 call_site_count
= -1;
20647 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
20649 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
20650 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
20654 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
20657 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
20659 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
20660 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
20663 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
20664 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
20667 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20669 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
20670 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
20671 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
20674 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
20675 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
20678 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20682 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20683 tree ultimate_origin
;
20684 dw_die_ref var_die
;
20685 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
20686 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
20687 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
20688 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
20689 bool specialization_p
= false;
20691 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
20692 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
20693 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
20694 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
20696 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
20697 of a data member. */
20700 dw_die_ref com_die
;
20701 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
20702 die_node com_die_arg
;
20704 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20707 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
20709 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
20714 /* Optimize the common case. */
20715 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
20716 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
20717 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
20718 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
20720 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
20721 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
20723 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
20725 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
20726 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20732 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
20733 common_block_die_table
20734 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
20735 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20737 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
20738 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
20739 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
20740 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
20741 if (com_die
== NULL
)
20744 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
20747 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
20748 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
20751 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
20752 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
20753 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
20754 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
20756 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20757 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20758 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
20759 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
20760 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
20761 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
20763 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
20765 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
20766 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
20767 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20769 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
20770 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
20771 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
20772 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
20773 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
20778 /* Optimize the common case. */
20779 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
20780 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
20781 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
20782 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
20783 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
20784 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
20786 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
20788 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
20790 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20791 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20792 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
20796 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
20797 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
20798 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
20799 inside functions, though. */
20800 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
20803 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
20804 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
20805 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
20806 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
20807 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
20809 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
20812 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20813 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
20815 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
20816 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
20818 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
20819 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
20822 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
20824 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
20825 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
20826 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
20828 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
20829 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
20831 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
20832 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
20833 specialization_p
= true;
20834 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
20836 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
20837 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
20839 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
20840 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
20842 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
20843 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
20845 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
20846 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
20850 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
20852 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
20854 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
20855 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
20856 decl_function_context
20857 (decl_or_origin
))))
20859 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
20861 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
20862 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20864 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin
),
20865 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
20868 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
20870 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
20871 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
20873 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20874 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20876 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
20880 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20882 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
|| old_die
== NULL
))
20883 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
20886 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
20887 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
20888 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
20890 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
20891 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
20892 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
20893 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
20894 to add it again. */
20895 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
20897 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
20898 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
20899 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
20901 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
20902 decl
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
20903 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
20906 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
20909 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
20912 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20914 dw_die_ref const_die
;
20915 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
20917 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
20918 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
20919 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
20920 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
20921 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
20922 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20923 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20924 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
20927 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
20930 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20932 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20933 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
20935 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
20937 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20938 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
20940 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
20942 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
20943 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
20946 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
20948 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
20949 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
20950 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
20954 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
20956 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
20957 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
20958 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
20959 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
20960 it if it ever does happen. */
20961 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
20963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
20964 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
20969 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
20970 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
20971 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
20974 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
20976 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
20978 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20980 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
20981 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
20986 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20987 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
20990 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
20992 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
20994 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
20995 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20999 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
21001 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
21002 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
21003 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
21006 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
21008 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
21011 add_ranges (chain
);
21012 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
21019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
21020 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
21021 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
21022 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
21023 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
21024 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
21028 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
21031 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
21033 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
21035 if (call_arg_locations
)
21037 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
21038 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
,
21039 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
21040 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
), stmt_die
);
21043 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
21044 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
21046 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
21049 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
21052 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
21056 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
21058 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
21060 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
21062 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
21063 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
21064 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
21065 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
21066 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
21068 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
21070 dw_die_ref subr_die
21071 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
21073 if (call_arg_locations
)
21075 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
21076 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
,
21077 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
21078 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
), subr_die
);
21080 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
21081 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
21082 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
21083 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
21085 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
21086 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
21090 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
21093 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21095 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
21097 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
21100 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
21101 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
21102 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
21103 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
21106 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
21108 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
21109 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
21110 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
21113 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
21114 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
21116 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
21117 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
21119 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
21121 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
21122 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
21126 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
21127 Use modified_type_die instead.
21128 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
21129 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
21132 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21135 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
21137 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
21138 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
21139 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
21142 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
21143 Use modified_type_die instead.
21144 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
21145 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
21148 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21150 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21152 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
21153 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21155 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21157 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
21158 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
21159 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
21163 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
21166 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21169 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
21170 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
21172 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
21173 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
21174 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
21175 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
21178 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
21181 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
21184 char producer
[250];
21185 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
21188 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
21192 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
21193 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
21194 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
21195 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
21198 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
21200 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21201 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
21202 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
21203 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
21204 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
21205 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
21206 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
21207 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21208 strcat (producer
, " -g");
21211 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
21213 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
21214 from the global list of translation units. */
21215 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
21219 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
21221 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
21223 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
21226 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
21227 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
21229 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
21230 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
21231 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
21232 common_lang
= "GNU C++";
21235 /* Fall back to C. */
21236 common_lang
= NULL
;
21242 language_string
= common_lang
;
21245 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
21246 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
21247 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
21248 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
21249 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
21250 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
21251 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
21252 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21254 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
21255 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
21256 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
21257 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
21258 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
21259 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
21260 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
21261 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
21262 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
21263 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
21266 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
21270 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
21271 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
21272 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
21273 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
21274 lowercases everything. */
21275 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
21278 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
21284 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
21287 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21289 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
21291 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
21292 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
21294 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
21295 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
21297 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
21298 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
21299 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
21300 if (access
== access_public_node
)
21302 if (dwarf_version
== 2
21303 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
21304 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
21306 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
21307 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
21308 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
21309 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
21310 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
21313 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
21316 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21319 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
21322 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
21323 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
21324 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
21325 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
21326 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
21327 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
21328 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
21329 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
21330 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
21331 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
21332 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
21334 /* First output info about the base classes. */
21337 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
21341 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
21342 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
21343 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
21344 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
21347 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
21348 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
21350 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
21351 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
21352 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
21353 do put them in the right order. */
21355 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
21357 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
21359 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
21362 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
21363 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
21365 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
21366 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
21369 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
21371 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
21373 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
21377 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
21378 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
21379 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
21382 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
21383 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
21385 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21386 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
21388 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
21389 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
21390 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
21391 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
21392 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
21394 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
21397 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
21398 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21399 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
21402 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21404 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
21405 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
21407 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
21409 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
21410 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
21412 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
21414 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
21417 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
21418 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
21422 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
21424 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
21425 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
21426 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
21427 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
21429 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
21430 then give a list of members. */
21431 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
21433 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
21434 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
21435 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
21436 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
21437 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
21439 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
21440 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
21443 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
21444 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
21445 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21446 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
21448 push_decl_scope (type
);
21449 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
21452 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
21453 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
21455 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
21457 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
21458 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
21459 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
21464 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
21466 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
21467 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
21468 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
21469 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
21472 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21473 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
21476 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
21479 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21481 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
21482 dw_die_ref subr_die
21483 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
21484 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
21486 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
21487 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
21488 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
21489 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
21491 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21492 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
21495 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
21498 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21500 dw_die_ref type_die
;
21503 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
21506 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
21507 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
21508 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
21509 if (origin
!= NULL
)
21510 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
21515 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
21516 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
21518 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
21520 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21521 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
21525 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
21527 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21529 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
21530 an anonymous type, e.g:
21531 typedef struct {...} foo;
21532 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
21533 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
21534 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
21537 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
21538 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
21539 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
21540 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
21541 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
21542 anonymous struct DIE. */
21543 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
21544 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
21546 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
21547 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
21548 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
21549 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
21550 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
21551 this debug info. */
21552 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
21556 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
21557 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
21559 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
21560 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
21561 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
21563 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
21565 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
21568 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
21569 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
21571 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21572 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
21575 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
21578 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
21579 dw_die_ref context_die
,
21580 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
21584 if (type
== NULL_TREE
21585 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
21588 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
21589 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
21590 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
21591 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
21592 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
21593 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
21594 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
21595 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21596 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
21598 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
21600 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
21603 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
21604 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
21605 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
21608 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
21609 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
21611 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
21612 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
21613 decls_for_scope. */
21614 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
21615 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
21617 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
21618 context_die
= NULL
;
21623 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
21627 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
21629 /* This might have been written out by the call to
21630 declare_in_namespace. */
21631 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
21632 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
21635 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
21640 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
21641 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
21642 when appropriate. */
21645 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
21648 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
21649 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
21651 struct array_descr_info info
;
21653 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
21656 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
21657 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
21658 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
21659 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21660 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
21661 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
21662 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
21664 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
21666 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
21667 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
21668 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
21670 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
21673 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
21674 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
21676 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
21677 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
21678 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
21679 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21680 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
21682 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
21684 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
21688 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
21689 generate debug info for the typedef. */
21690 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21692 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
21693 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
21694 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
21695 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21696 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
21698 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
21702 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
21703 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
21704 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
21705 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
21706 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21708 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
21709 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
21713 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
21714 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
21715 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
21716 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
21717 cloned type itself). */
21718 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
21719 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
21721 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
21724 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
21730 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
21731 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
21732 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
21733 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
21734 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
21736 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
21738 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
21739 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
21740 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
21741 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
21745 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
21746 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
21747 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
21748 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
21750 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
21751 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
21752 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
21754 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
21756 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
21759 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
21760 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
21761 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
21762 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
21763 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
21767 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
21768 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
21769 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
21770 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
21774 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
21778 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
21781 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
21784 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
21785 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
21791 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
21794 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
21799 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
21801 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21802 if (type_die
== NULL
)
21804 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
21805 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
21806 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
21807 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
21808 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21809 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
21815 gcc_unreachable ();
21818 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
21822 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21824 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
21827 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
21828 things which are local to the given block. */
21831 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
21833 int must_output_die
= 0;
21836 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
21837 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
21840 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
21842 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
21843 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
21844 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
21845 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
21849 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
21850 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
21855 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
21858 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
21859 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
21860 must_output_die
= 1;
21863 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
21864 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
21865 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21866 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
21867 as being a "significant" one. */
21868 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
21869 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
21870 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
21871 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
21872 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
21873 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
21874 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
21875 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
21876 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
21877 must_output_die
= 1;
21880 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
21881 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
21882 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
21883 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
21884 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
21885 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
21886 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
21887 if (must_output_die
)
21891 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
21892 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
21893 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
21894 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
21895 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
21896 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
21897 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
21898 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
21900 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
21901 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
21902 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
21903 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
21904 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
21905 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
21908 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
21911 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
21914 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
21915 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
21917 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21920 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
21922 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
21923 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
21924 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
21925 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
21926 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
21930 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21931 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
21932 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
21933 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
21934 stmt
, context_die
);
21936 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
21939 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
21940 all of its sub-blocks. */
21943 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
21949 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
21950 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
21953 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
21954 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
21955 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
21956 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
21957 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
21958 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
21959 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
21960 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
21963 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
21964 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21967 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
21968 therein) of this block. */
21969 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
21971 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
21972 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
21975 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
21978 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
21980 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
21983 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
21984 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
21985 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
21986 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
21987 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
21988 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
21994 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
21995 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
21998 typedef struct {...} foo;
22000 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
22001 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
22005 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
22007 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
22008 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
22009 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
22010 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
22011 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
22012 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
22013 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
22014 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
22018 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
22019 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
22020 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
22021 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
22024 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
22026 static inline dw_die_ref
22027 get_context_die (tree context
)
22031 /* Find die that represents this context. */
22032 if (TYPE_P (context
))
22034 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
22035 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
22038 return force_decl_die (context
);
22040 return comp_unit_die ();
22043 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
22046 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
22048 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
22049 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
22050 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
22051 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22054 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
22056 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22060 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
22062 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
22063 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
22064 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
22065 declaration die. */
22066 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
22067 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
22068 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
22069 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
22073 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
22074 gen_decl_die() call. */
22075 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
22076 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
22077 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
22078 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
22081 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
22082 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22083 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
22085 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
22086 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
22089 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
22090 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
22094 gcc_unreachable ();
22097 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
22099 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22100 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
22106 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
22107 always returned. */
22110 force_type_die (tree type
)
22112 dw_die_ref type_die
;
22114 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22117 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
22119 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
22120 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
22121 gcc_assert (type_die
);
22126 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
22127 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
22130 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22132 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
22133 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
22134 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
22135 /* Force out the namespace. */
22136 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
22138 return context_die
;
22141 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
22142 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
22144 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
22145 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
22148 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22150 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
22152 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22153 return context_die
;
22155 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
22156 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
22157 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
22158 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
22159 return context_die
;
22161 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
22163 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
22167 if (DECL_P (thing
))
22168 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
22170 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
22172 return context_die
;
22175 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
22178 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22180 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
22182 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
22183 they are an alias of. */
22184 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
22186 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
22187 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
22188 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
22189 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
22190 context_die
, decl
);
22191 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
22192 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
22194 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
22196 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
22199 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
22200 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
22201 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22202 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
22206 /* Output a namespace alias. */
22208 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
22209 dw_die_ref origin_die
22210 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
22212 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
22213 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
22214 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
22215 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
22216 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
22217 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
22218 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
22219 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
22223 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
22224 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
22225 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
22228 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22230 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
22231 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
22233 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
22236 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
22242 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
22244 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
22245 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
22249 /* Emit its type. */
22250 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
22252 /* And its containing namespace. */
22253 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
22255 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
22258 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
22259 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
22260 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
22261 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
22262 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin
)
22263 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
22264 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
22269 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
22270 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
22271 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
22272 /* This is only a declaration. */;
22275 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
22276 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
22277 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
22278 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
22279 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
22281 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
22282 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
22283 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
22284 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
22285 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
22286 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
22287 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
22288 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
22289 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
22291 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
22292 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
22295 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
22296 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22298 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
22299 have its containing type. */
22301 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
22302 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
22303 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
22305 /* And its return type. */
22306 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
22308 /* And its virtual context. */
22309 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
22310 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
22312 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
22313 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
22314 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
22316 /* And its containing namespace. */
22317 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
22320 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
22322 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
22326 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
22327 actual typedefs. */
22328 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22331 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
22332 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
22333 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
22334 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
22335 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
22336 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
22337 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
22338 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
22339 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
22341 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
22344 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
22345 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
22347 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
22348 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
22352 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
22353 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
22358 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
22359 variable declarations or definitions. */
22360 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22363 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
22365 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
22366 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
22368 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
22370 /* And its containing type. */
22371 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
22372 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
22373 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
22375 /* And its containing namespace. */
22376 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
22378 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
22379 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
22380 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
22382 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
22383 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
22384 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
22385 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
22386 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
22389 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
22393 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
22394 anonymous unions and structs. */
22395 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
22396 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
22397 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
22399 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
22400 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
22405 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
22406 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
22408 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
22409 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
22410 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
22413 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
22414 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
22415 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22416 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
22420 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
22421 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
22428 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
22429 compilation proper has finished. */
22432 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
22434 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
22435 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
22436 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
22437 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
22438 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
22439 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
22442 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
22443 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
22445 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
22448 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
22451 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
22452 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
22453 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
22454 that DECL belongs to.
22455 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
22457 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
22459 tree lexical_block
,
22460 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
22462 expanded_location xloc
;
22463 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
22464 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
22466 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
22468 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
22469 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
22473 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
22475 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
22477 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
22478 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
22479 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
22480 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
22481 if (!at_import_die
)
22483 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
22484 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
22485 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
22486 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
22491 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22492 if (!at_import_die
)
22494 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
22495 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
22496 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
22498 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
22500 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
22501 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
22502 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
22503 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
22505 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
22506 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
22508 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
22512 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
22514 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22515 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
22522 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
22526 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
22527 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
22529 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
22530 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
22531 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
22534 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
22535 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
22536 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
22537 importing whole module. */
22540 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
22543 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
22544 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
22546 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22551 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
22552 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
22555 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
22556 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
22558 && TYPE_P (context
)
22559 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
22562 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
22565 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
22569 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
22570 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
22571 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
22572 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
22575 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
22576 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
22580 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
22583 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
22585 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
22587 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
22592 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
22593 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
22594 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
22595 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
22596 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
22597 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
22598 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
22599 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
22600 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
22601 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
22602 with the definition of the function.
22604 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
22605 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
22606 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
22607 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
22608 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
22609 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
22610 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
22611 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
22612 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
22613 that they *are* definitions).
22615 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
22616 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
22617 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
22618 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
22619 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
22620 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
22623 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
22624 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
22625 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
22626 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
22627 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
22628 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22629 context_die
= NULL
;
22633 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
22634 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
22635 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
22636 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
22637 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
22638 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
22639 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
22640 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
22641 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
22644 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
22645 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
22646 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
22648 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
22649 variable declarations or definitions. */
22650 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22655 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22657 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
22659 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
22660 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
22663 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
22664 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
22665 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22667 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
22672 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
22673 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
22676 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
22677 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
22678 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
22681 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
22682 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22685 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
22686 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
22687 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
22688 context_die
= NULL
;
22696 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
22699 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
22702 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
22704 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
22705 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
22706 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
22707 call_site_count
= -1;
22708 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
22709 VEC_free (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
);
22710 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
22711 htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table
);
22714 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
22715 a lexical block. */
22718 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22719 unsigned int blocknum
)
22721 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22722 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
22725 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
22729 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
22731 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22732 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
22735 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
22736 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
22738 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
22739 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
22740 we may end up calling them anyway. */
22743 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
22748 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
22749 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
22750 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
22752 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
22754 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
22755 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
22756 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
22763 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
22766 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
22768 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
22769 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
22770 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
22771 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
22775 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
22777 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
22778 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
22781 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
22782 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
22783 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
22784 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
22785 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
22786 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
22787 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
22788 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
22789 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
22792 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
22793 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
22796 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
22798 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
22799 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
22800 if (file_table_last_lookup
22801 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
22802 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
22803 return file_table_last_lookup
;
22805 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
22806 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
22807 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
22809 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
22811 created
= ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
22812 created
->filename
= file_name
;
22813 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
22818 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
22819 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
22820 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
22821 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
22822 types, which may include filenames. */
22825 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
22827 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
22829 if (last_emitted_file
)
22830 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
22832 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
22833 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
22835 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
22837 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
22838 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
22839 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
22840 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
22844 return fd
->emitted_number
;
22847 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
22848 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
22849 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
22852 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
22854 die_arg_entry entry
;
22859 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
22860 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
22861 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
22865 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
22866 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
22870 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
22874 generic_type_p (tree t
)
22876 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
22878 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
22881 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
22882 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
22883 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
22886 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
22888 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
22891 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
22892 generic_type_instances
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
22894 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, generic_type_instances
, t
);
22897 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
22898 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
22899 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
22902 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
22904 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
22909 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
22910 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
22914 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
22915 that have been previously scheduled by
22916 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
22917 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
22920 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
22925 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
22928 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
22929 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
22933 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
22936 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
22942 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
22946 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
22950 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
22953 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
22955 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
22956 /* replace the string. */
22957 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
22961 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
22964 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
22965 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
22966 our lookup table. */
22969 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
22971 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
22972 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
22974 static const char *last_label
;
22975 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
22976 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
22980 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
22982 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
22985 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
22986 tail_call_site_count
++;
22991 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
22992 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
22995 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
22997 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
22998 don't do anything. */
23000 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
23001 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
23004 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
23005 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
23007 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
23008 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
23009 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
23010 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
23011 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
23012 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
23015 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
23020 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
23021 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
23022 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
23023 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
23024 if (newloc
== NULL
)
23033 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
23034 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
23035 create a new label and emit it. */
23036 if (last_label
== NULL
)
23038 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
23039 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
23041 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
23046 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
23047 = ggc_alloc_cleared_call_arg_loc_node ();
23048 rtx prev
= prev_real_insn (loc_note
), x
;
23049 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
= loc_note
;
23050 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
23051 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
23054 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
23055 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
23056 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
23057 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
23058 prev
= XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0);
23059 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
23060 x
= PATTERN (prev
);
23061 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PARALLEL
)
23062 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
23063 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
)
23065 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CALL
&& MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
23067 x
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
23068 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
23069 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)
23070 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
23071 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= x
;
23073 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
23074 if (call_arg_locations
)
23075 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
23077 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
23078 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
23080 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
23081 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
23084 if (!last_postcall_label
)
23086 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
23087 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
23089 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
23092 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
23093 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
23096 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
23099 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
23101 var_loc_list
*list
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
23103 list
->last_before_switch
23104 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
23108 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
23111 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
23113 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
23116 htab_traverse (decl_loc_table
, var_location_switch_text_section_1
, NULL
);
23119 /* Create a new line number table. */
23121 static dw_line_info_table
*
23122 new_line_info_table (void)
23124 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
23126 table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_line_info_table_struct ();
23127 table
->file_num
= 1;
23128 table
->line_num
= 1;
23129 table
->is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
23134 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
23135 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
23138 set_cur_line_info_table (section
*sec
)
23140 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
23142 if (sec
== text_section
)
23143 table
= text_section_line_info
;
23144 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
23146 table
= cold_text_section_line_info
;
23149 cold_text_section_line_info
= table
= new_line_info_table ();
23150 table
->end_label
= cold_end_label
;
23155 const char *end_label
;
23157 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
23159 if (in_cold_section_p
)
23160 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
23162 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
23166 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
23168 current_function_funcdef_no
);
23169 end_label
= ggc_strdup (label
);
23172 table
= new_line_info_table ();
23173 table
->end_label
= end_label
;
23175 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_table_p
, gc
, separate_line_info
, table
);
23178 cur_line_info_table
= table
;
23182 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
23183 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
23184 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
23185 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
23188 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
23190 section
*sec
= function_section (fun
);
23192 if (sec
!= text_section
)
23193 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
23195 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
23197 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
23198 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
23199 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
23200 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
23201 switch_to_section (sec
);
23204 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
23205 call_site_count
= 0;
23206 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
23208 set_cur_line_info_table (sec
);
23211 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
23214 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table
*table
,
23215 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
, unsigned int val
)
23217 dw_line_info_entry e
;
23220 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_entry
, gc
, table
->entries
, &e
);
23223 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
23224 and record information relating to this source line, in
23225 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
23226 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
23229 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
23230 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
23232 unsigned int file_num
;
23233 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
23235 if (debug_info_level
< DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
|| line
== 0)
23238 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
23239 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
23240 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && dwarf_strict
)
23243 table
= cur_line_info_table
;
23244 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
23246 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
23247 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
23248 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
23249 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
23250 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
23251 that second line number entry. */
23252 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
23253 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
23254 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
23255 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to preceed the first insn
23256 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
23257 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
23258 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
23260 if (0 && file_num
== table
->file_num
23261 && line
== table
->line_num
23262 && discriminator
== table
->discrim_num
23263 && is_stmt
== table
->is_stmt
)
23266 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
23268 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
23269 if (flag_debug_asm
)
23270 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
, filename
, line
);
23272 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
23274 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
23275 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
23276 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
23277 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
23278 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
23279 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
23280 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
23284 unsigned int label_num
= ++line_info_label_num
;
23286 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, label_num
);
23288 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_address
, label_num
);
23289 if (file_num
!= table
->file_num
)
23290 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_file
, file_num
);
23291 if (discriminator
!= table
->discrim_num
)
23292 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_discriminator
, discriminator
);
23293 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
23294 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_negate_stmt
, 0);
23295 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_line
, line
);
23298 table
->file_num
= file_num
;
23299 table
->line_num
= line
;
23300 table
->discrim_num
= discriminator
;
23301 table
->is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
23302 table
->in_use
= true;
23305 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
23308 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
23310 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
23312 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
23313 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
23315 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
23316 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
23319 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23322 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
23324 e
.info
= xstrdup (filename
);
23325 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
23329 /* Record the end of a source file. */
23332 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
23334 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
23335 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
23336 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
23338 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23341 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
23344 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
23348 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
23349 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
23350 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
23353 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
23354 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
23356 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23359 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
23361 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
23362 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
23366 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
23367 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
23368 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
23371 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
23372 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
23374 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23377 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
23379 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
23380 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
23385 output_macinfo (void)
23388 unsigned long length
= VEC_length (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
);
23389 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
23394 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
, i
, ref
); i
++)
23398 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
23400 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref
->info
));
23401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
23402 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
23403 (ref
->lineno
, "Included from line number %lu",
23404 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
23405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
23408 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
23409 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
23411 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
23412 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
23413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
23414 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
23415 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
23417 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
23418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
23419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
23420 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
23421 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
23424 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
23425 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long)ref
->code
);
23431 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
23434 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
23436 /* Allocate the file_table. */
23437 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
23438 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
23440 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
23441 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
23442 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
23444 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
23445 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
23446 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
23448 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
23449 cached_dw_loc_list_table
23450 = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash
,
23451 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq
, NULL
);
23453 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
23454 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
23456 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
23457 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
23458 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
23459 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
23460 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
23461 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
23463 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
23464 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
23465 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
23467 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
23469 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
23471 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
23472 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23473 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
23474 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23475 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
23476 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23477 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
23478 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23479 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
23480 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23481 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
23482 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23483 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
23484 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23485 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
23486 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23487 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
23488 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
23489 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
23490 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23491 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
23492 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
23494 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
23495 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
23496 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23498 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
23499 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23500 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
23502 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
23503 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
23505 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23506 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
23507 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23508 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
23509 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23511 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23512 macinfo_table
= VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry
, gc
, 64);
23514 switch_to_section (text_section
);
23515 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
23517 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
23518 text_section_line_info
= new_line_info_table ();
23519 text_section_line_info
->end_label
= text_end_label
;
23522 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
23523 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
23526 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
23528 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
23529 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
23530 && (!(flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
23531 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
))
23532 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
23535 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
23536 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
23539 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
23541 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
23543 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
23545 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
23546 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
23547 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
23553 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
23554 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
23557 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
23561 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
23562 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
23564 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
23566 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
23567 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
23570 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
23576 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
23579 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
23580 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
23583 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
23588 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23590 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
23592 /* A reference to another DIE.
23593 Make sure that it will get emitted.
23594 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
23595 if (! use_debug_types
23596 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
23597 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
23598 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
23600 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
23601 accounts properly for it. */
23602 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
23603 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
23607 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
23610 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
23614 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
23616 c
= die
->die_child
;
23619 switch (c
->die_tag
)
23621 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
23622 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
23623 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
23624 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
23625 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
23631 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
23634 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
23635 to DIE's children. */
23638 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
23642 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
23644 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
23646 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
23647 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
23649 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
23651 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
23652 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
23653 if (die
->die_parent
)
23654 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
23656 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
23657 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
23659 /* If this node is a specification,
23660 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
23661 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
23662 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
23665 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
23667 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
23668 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
23671 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
23672 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
23673 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
23674 for all type definitions. */
23675 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
23676 || (use_debug_types
23677 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
23678 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
23680 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
23684 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
23685 and if so, mark them. */
23688 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
23692 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
23695 switch (die
->die_tag
)
23697 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
23698 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
23699 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
23702 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
23703 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
23704 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
23705 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
23712 /* Mark children. */
23713 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
23716 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
23719 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
23723 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
23724 children have been marked as well. */
23725 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
23728 switch (die
->die_tag
)
23730 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
23731 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
23732 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
23733 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
23736 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
23737 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
23740 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
23741 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
23742 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
23743 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
23744 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
23746 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
23748 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23751 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
23752 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
23753 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
23754 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
23755 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
23756 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
23757 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
23758 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
23759 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
23760 case DW_TAG_friend
:
23761 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
23762 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
23763 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
23764 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
23765 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
23766 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
23767 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
23768 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
23769 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
23772 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
23776 /* Mark everything else. */
23780 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
23784 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
23785 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
23790 /* Mark children. */
23791 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
23794 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
23798 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
23803 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23804 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
23806 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
23808 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
23809 twice in the hash table. */
23811 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
23814 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
23815 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
23817 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
23823 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
23826 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
23830 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
23831 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
23833 if (! die
->die_child
)
23836 c
= die
->die_child
;
23838 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
23839 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
23840 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
23842 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
23844 /* No marked children at all. */
23845 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
23848 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
23849 die
->die_child
= prev
;
23854 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
23856 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
23857 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
23860 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
23863 prune_unused_types (void)
23866 limbo_die_node
*node
;
23867 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
23869 dw_die_ref base_type
;
23871 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
23872 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
23873 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
23874 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23875 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
23876 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23877 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
23878 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
23880 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
23881 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
23883 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
23884 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
23885 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23886 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
23887 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23889 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
23890 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
23893 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
23895 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
23896 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
23897 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref
, base_types
, i
, base_type
); i
++)
23898 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type
, 1);
23900 if (debug_str_hash
)
23901 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
23902 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
23903 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23904 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
23905 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23906 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
23908 /* Leave the marks clear. */
23909 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
23910 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23911 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
23912 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23913 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
23916 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
23919 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
23921 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
23922 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
23923 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
23931 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
23934 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
23937 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
23939 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
23944 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
23946 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
23947 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
23949 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
23950 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
23953 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
23954 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
23955 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
23956 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
23957 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
23958 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
23961 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
23963 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
23964 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
23966 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
23967 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
23971 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
23973 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
23977 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
23979 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
23980 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
23984 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
23985 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
23988 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
23990 dw_die_ref base_type
= NULL
;
23992 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
23994 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
23996 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
23997 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
23998 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24000 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
24001 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
24002 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
24003 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24005 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
24006 mark_base_types (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
24011 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ());
24012 if (base_type
->die_mark
)
24013 base_type
->die_mark
++;
24016 VEC_safe_push (dw_die_ref
, heap
, base_types
, base_type
);
24017 base_type
->die_mark
= 1;
24022 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
24025 base_type_cmp (const void *x
, const void *y
)
24027 dw_die_ref dx
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) x
;
24028 dw_die_ref dy
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) y
;
24029 unsigned int byte_size1
, byte_size2
;
24030 unsigned int encoding1
, encoding2
;
24031 if (dx
->die_mark
> dy
->die_mark
)
24033 if (dx
->die_mark
< dy
->die_mark
)
24035 byte_size1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24036 byte_size2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24037 if (byte_size1
< byte_size2
)
24039 if (byte_size1
> byte_size2
)
24041 encoding1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24042 encoding2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24043 if (encoding1
< encoding2
)
24045 if (encoding1
> encoding2
)
24050 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
24051 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
24052 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
24053 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
24054 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
24057 move_marked_base_types (void)
24060 dw_die_ref base_type
, die
, c
;
24062 if (VEC_empty (dw_die_ref
, base_types
))
24065 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
24067 VEC_qsort (dw_die_ref
, base_types
, base_type_cmp
);
24068 die
= comp_unit_die ();
24069 c
= die
->die_child
;
24072 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
24074 while (c
->die_mark
)
24076 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
24077 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
24078 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
24079 gcc_assert (c
!= c
->die_sib
);
24083 while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
24084 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
);
24085 c
= die
->die_child
;
24086 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref
, base_types
, i
, base_type
); i
++)
24088 base_type
->die_mark
= 0;
24089 base_type
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
24090 c
->die_sib
= base_type
;
24095 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
24096 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
24097 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
24100 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
24104 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
24106 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
24107 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
24108 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
24110 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
24111 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
24112 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
24114 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
24115 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
24120 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
24121 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
24123 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
24125 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
24128 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
24132 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
24133 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
24139 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
24140 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
24141 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
24144 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
24146 dw_loc_descr_ref keep
= NULL
;
24147 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
24148 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
24151 if (resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
24154 case DW_OP_const4u
:
24155 case DW_OP_const8u
:
24157 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
24160 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
24161 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
24162 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
24165 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
24166 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
24169 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
24172 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
24173 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
24174 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
24177 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
24178 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
24179 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
24180 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
24181 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
24182 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
24183 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_convert
)
24185 dw_die_ref base1
, base2
;
24186 unsigned enc1
, enc2
, size1
, size2
;
24187 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
24188 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
24189 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24191 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24192 base2
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24193 gcc_assert (base1
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
24194 && base2
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
);
24195 enc1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24196 enc2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24197 size1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24198 size2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24200 && (((enc1
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc1
== DW_ATE_signed
)
24201 && (enc2
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc2
== DW_ATE_signed
)
24205 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_GNU_convert after
24206 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
24207 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
24208 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
24209 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
24211 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
24212 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
24215 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_GNU_convert after e.g. floating
24216 point typed stack entry. */
24217 else if (enc1
!= DW_ATE_unsigned
&& enc1
!= DW_ATE_signed
)
24228 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
24229 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
24230 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
24231 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
24232 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
24233 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
24236 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
24240 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
24243 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
24244 switch (AT_class (a
))
24246 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
24247 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
24250 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
24251 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
24253 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
24254 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
24256 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
24257 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
24258 References must be identical or completely separate.
24259 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
24260 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
24261 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
24264 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
24265 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
24267 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
24268 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
24270 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
24271 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
24277 mark_base_types ((*curr
)->expr
);
24278 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
24282 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
24286 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
24291 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
24295 case dw_val_class_loc
:
24296 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
24298 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
24302 mark_base_types (AT_loc (a
));
24304 case dw_val_class_addr
:
24305 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
24306 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
24308 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
24311 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
24312 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
24314 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
24315 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
24317 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
)
24318 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl
) == NULL_TREE
)
24320 force_decl_die (tdecl
);
24321 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
24325 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
24326 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
24327 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
24331 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
24340 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
24343 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
24344 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
24347 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
24349 static inline hashval_t
24350 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
24352 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
24353 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
24355 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
24357 case DW_OP_const4u
:
24358 case DW_OP_const8u
:
24362 case DW_OP_const1u
:
24363 case DW_OP_const1s
:
24364 case DW_OP_const2u
:
24365 case DW_OP_const2s
:
24366 case DW_OP_const4s
:
24367 case DW_OP_const8s
:
24371 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
24407 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
24408 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
24409 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24416 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
24417 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
24418 hash
= iterative_hash_object (offset
, hash
);
24421 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
24422 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, hash
);
24423 switch (val2
->val_class
)
24425 case dw_val_class_const
:
24426 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24428 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24430 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
24431 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
24433 hash
= iterative_hash_object (elt_size
, hash
);
24434 hash
= iterative_hash_object (len
, hash
);
24435 hash
= iterative_hash (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
24436 len
* elt_size
, hash
);
24439 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24440 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
, hash
);
24441 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
, hash
);
24443 case dw_val_class_addr
:
24444 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
24447 gcc_unreachable ();
24451 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
24452 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24453 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24459 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
24460 hash
= iterative_hash_object (dtprel
, hash
);
24462 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
24464 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
24465 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24467 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
24468 hash
= hash_loc_operands (val1
->v
.val_loc
, hash
);
24470 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
24471 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
24473 unsigned int byte_size
24474 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24475 unsigned int encoding
24476 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24477 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24478 hash
= iterative_hash_object (byte_size
, hash
);
24479 hash
= iterative_hash_object (encoding
, hash
);
24482 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
24483 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
24484 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
24486 unsigned int byte_size
24487 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
24488 unsigned int encoding
24489 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
24490 hash
= iterative_hash_object (byte_size
, hash
);
24491 hash
= iterative_hash_object (encoding
, hash
);
24492 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_const_type
)
24494 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->val_class
, hash
);
24495 switch (val2
->val_class
)
24497 case dw_val_class_const
:
24498 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
24500 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24502 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
24503 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
24505 hash
= iterative_hash_object (elt_size
, hash
);
24506 hash
= iterative_hash_object (len
, hash
);
24507 hash
= iterative_hash (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
24508 len
* elt_size
, hash
);
24511 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24512 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
, hash
);
24513 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
, hash
);
24516 gcc_unreachable ();
24522 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24528 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
24530 static inline hashval_t
24531 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
24533 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
24534 bool sizes_computed
= false;
24535 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
24536 size_of_locs (loc
);
24538 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
24540 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
24541 hash
= iterative_hash_object (opc
, hash
);
24542 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
24544 size_of_locs (loc
);
24545 sizes_computed
= true;
24547 hash
= hash_loc_operands (l
, hash
);
24552 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
24555 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
24557 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
24558 hashval_t hash
= 0;
24560 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
24562 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1, hash
);
24563 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1, hash
);
24565 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1,
24567 hash
= hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hash
);
24569 list_head
->hash
= hash
;
24572 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
24575 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
24577 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
24578 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
24579 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
24580 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
24582 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
24584 case DW_OP_const4u
:
24585 case DW_OP_const8u
:
24589 case DW_OP_const1u
:
24590 case DW_OP_const1s
:
24591 case DW_OP_const2u
:
24592 case DW_OP_const2s
:
24593 case DW_OP_const4s
:
24594 case DW_OP_const8s
:
24598 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
24634 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
24635 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
24636 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
24639 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
24640 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
24641 && x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
);
24642 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
24643 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
24644 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
24645 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
24647 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
24649 case dw_val_class_const
:
24650 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24651 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24652 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24653 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
24654 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
24655 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24656 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
24657 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24658 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
24659 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
24660 case dw_val_class_addr
:
24661 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
24663 gcc_unreachable ();
24666 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
24667 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
24668 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24671 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
24672 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
24673 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
24674 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
24675 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
24676 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24677 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
24678 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
24679 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
24680 if (valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
24681 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
24683 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
24685 case dw_val_class_const
:
24686 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
24687 case dw_val_class_vec
:
24688 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24689 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
24690 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
24691 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
24692 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
24693 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
24694 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
24695 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
24697 gcc_unreachable ();
24699 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
24700 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
24701 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
24702 && valx2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24703 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
24704 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
24705 return valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
24707 /* Other codes have no operands. */
24712 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
24715 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
24717 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
24718 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
24719 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
24720 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
24722 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
24725 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
24728 loc_list_hash (const void *x
)
24730 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
)->hash
;
24733 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
24736 loc_list_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
24738 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*a
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
;
24739 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*b
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) y
;
24742 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
24744 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
24745 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
24746 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
24747 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
24748 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
24749 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
24751 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
24754 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24755 children and share them whenever possible. */
24758 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, htab_t htab
)
24765 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
24766 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
24768 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
24769 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
24770 it and storing into the hash table. */
24771 hash_loc_list (list
);
24772 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
, list
, list
->hash
,
24775 *slot
= (void *) list
;
24777 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= (dw_loc_list_ref
) *slot
;
24780 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
24783 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
24784 children and share them whenever possible. */
24787 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
24789 htab_t htab
= htab_create (500, loc_list_hash
, loc_list_eq
, NULL
);
24790 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, htab
);
24791 htab_delete (htab
);
24794 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
24795 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
24798 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
24800 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
24801 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
24802 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
24805 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
24806 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
24808 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
24809 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
24810 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
24811 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
24812 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24813 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
24816 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
24818 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
24821 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
24823 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
24824 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
24825 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
24830 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
24831 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
24832 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
24833 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
24835 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
24837 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
24838 next_node
= node
->next
;
24840 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
24842 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
24845 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
24846 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
24848 else if (seen_error ())
24849 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
24850 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
24853 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
24854 nested function can be optimized away, which results
24855 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
24856 with the return type of that nested function. Force
24857 this to be a child of the containing function.
24859 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
24860 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
24861 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
24862 the function is likely unreachable too. */
24863 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
24865 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
24867 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
24868 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
24869 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
24870 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
24872 gcc_assert (context
24873 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
24874 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
24876 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
24878 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
24880 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
24885 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
24887 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
24889 dw_die_ref die
= comp_unit_die (), c
;
24890 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, gcc_assert (! c
->die_mark
));
24893 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
24894 move_marked_base_types ();
24896 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
24898 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
24899 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
24901 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
24902 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
24906 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
24908 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
24909 emit full debugging info for them. */
24910 retry_incomplete_types ();
24912 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
24913 prune_unused_types ();
24915 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
24916 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
24917 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
24918 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
24920 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
24921 if (use_debug_types
)
24923 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
24925 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
24926 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
24928 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
24930 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
24931 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
24932 references to the main compile unit). */
24933 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
24934 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
24935 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
24937 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
24938 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
24939 referenced. Prune them. */
24940 prune_unused_types ();
24943 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
24944 that have children. */
24945 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
24946 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
24947 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
24948 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
24949 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
24951 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
24952 switch_to_section (text_section
);
24953 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
24954 if (cold_text_section
)
24956 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
24957 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
24960 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
24962 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
24963 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
24965 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
24966 if (text_section_used
)
24968 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
24969 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
24974 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
24975 bool range_list_added
= false;
24977 if (text_section_used
)
24978 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label
,
24979 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
24980 if (cold_text_section_used
)
24981 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label
,
24982 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
24984 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
24986 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
24988 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
24989 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
24990 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
24991 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
24992 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
24993 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
);
24996 if (range_list_added
)
24998 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
24999 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
25000 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
25001 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
25002 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
25003 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
25004 if (! dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
25005 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
25011 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
25012 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
,
25013 debug_line_section_label
);
25015 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
25016 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
25018 if (have_location_lists
)
25019 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
25021 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
25022 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
25023 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
25024 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
25026 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
25027 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
25029 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
25031 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
25032 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
25035 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
25036 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
25038 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
25039 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
25040 debug_line_section_label
);
25042 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
25045 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
25047 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
25048 will be emitted. */
25049 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
25051 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
25052 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
25053 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
25054 output_abbrev_section ();
25056 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
25057 if (have_location_lists
)
25059 /* Output the location lists info. */
25060 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
25061 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
25062 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
25063 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
25064 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
25067 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
25068 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
25070 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
25071 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
25072 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
25075 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
25076 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
25077 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
25078 simply won't look for the section. */
25079 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
25081 bool empty
= false;
25083 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
25085 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
25089 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
, i
, p
)
25090 if (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0)
25098 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
25099 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
25100 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
25104 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
25105 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
25106 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
25107 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
25108 generate a table that would have contained data. */
25109 if (info_section_emitted
)
25111 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
25113 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
25114 output_aranges (aranges_length
);
25117 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
25118 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
25120 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
25121 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
25125 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
25126 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
25127 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
25128 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
25129 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
25130 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
25131 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
25132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
25133 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
25134 output_line_info ();
25136 /* Have to end the macro section. */
25137 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
25139 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
25140 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
25141 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
))
25143 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
25146 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
25148 if (debug_str_hash
)
25149 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
25152 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"